#LyX 1.4.2svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/ \lyxformat 245 \begin_document \begin_header \textclass book \begin_preamble \usepackage{multicol} \newcommand{\extratablespace}[1]{\noalign{\vskip#1}} \end_preamble \language english \inputencoding latin1 \fontscheme default \graphics default \paperfontsize default \spacing single \papersize default \use_geometry false \use_amsmath 0 \cite_engine basic \use_bibtopic false \paperorientation portrait \secnumdepth 3 \tocdepth 3 \paragraph_separation indent \defskip medskip \quotes_language english \papercolumns 1 \papersides 2 \paperpagestyle headings \tracking_changes false \output_changes true \end_header \begin_body \begin_layout Title Extended LyX Features \end_layout \begin_layout Author by the LyX Team \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \noindent Principal maintainer of this file is \noun on Mike Ressler \noun default . If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documentation mailing list, . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \tableofcontents{} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \emph on Extended LyX Features \emph default manual, which you are now reading, is essentially Part II of the \emph on User's Guide\SpecialChar \@. \emph default The reason for splitting this document is simple: the \emph on User's Guide \emph default is already huge, and it contains all of the basic features one needs to know in order to prepare most documents. However, the LyX Team has a long-term goal of making LyX extensible through various configuration files and external packages. That means that if you want to support the Fizzwizzle LaTeX package, you can create a layout file for it without having to alter LyX itself. We've already had contributions of several new features this way. This is the place where all of that gets documented. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This manual also documents some special features, like fax support, version control, and SGML support, which require additional software to work properly. Lastly, there's a chapter of LaTeX tools and tips, things you can use to spruce up your documents by directly using the powerful features of LaTeX. After all, LyX \emph on is \emph default only WYSIWYM, and will only ever interface to certain LaTeX features. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Of course, with all of this extra documentation, \emph on Extended LyX Features \emph default may itself grow too big for its britches. In that case, you can just call it the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Overextended Manual \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset for fun! \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you haven't read the \emph on Introduction \emph default yet, you are definitely in the wrong manual. The \emph on Introduction \emph default is the first place to go, since it will direct you to the correct manual, and it also describes the notation and format of all of the manuals. You should also be thoroughly familiar with the \emph on User's Guide \emph default and all of the basic features of LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In this document, many sections are independent articles contributed by an individual and are noted as such. This person is generally whoever wrote the layout file for the new document class or LaTeX package, or implemented the feature. If there is no mention of an author to a chapter [or chapter sections], that means it was written by the LyX Documentation Team. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Since all the topics in this manual depend heavily on LyX's interaction with LaTeX, this first chapter covers \emph on \emph default the inner workings of LyX and how to direct LyX to generate exactly the LaTeX code you want. It is obviously for more seasoned LyX users. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter LyX and LaTeX \end_layout \begin_layout Section How LyX Uses LaTeX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:lyxandlatex} \end_inset This chapter is for both TeX-nicians and the LaTeX-curious. In it, we'll explain how LyX and LaTeX work together to produce printable output. This is the only place in any of the manuals where we assume you know something about LaTeX. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard At one time, we called LyX a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset WYSIWYM frontend to LaTeX, \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset but that's no longer true. There are frontends to LaTeX out there. They are basically editors with the ability to run LaTeX and mark any errors in the file you're editing. Although LyX \emph on is \emph default an editor, and it \emph on does \emph default run LaTeX, and it also marks errors in the file, it also does much, much more. Thanks to the WYSIWYM concept, you don't need LaTeX to use LyX effectively. LyX has also added a few extensions to LaTeX. Try the following sometime: select \family sans Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaTeX \family default from the \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile \family default menu, then look at the preamble of the resulting \family typewriter .tex \family default file. You'll notice a variety of new macros defined specifically by LyX. These macros are defined automatically, according to the features you use in the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are several commands that automatically invoke LaTeX. They are: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans \bar under V \bar default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator View\InsetSpace ~ \emph on Format \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans \bar under V \bar default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under U \bar default pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator \emph on Format \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile \bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator P \bar default rint \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile \bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator F \bar default ax \end_layout \begin_layout Standard They will only invoke LaTeX if the file has changed since the last time LaTeX was run. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When you run LaTeX on the file you're editing, LyX performs these steps: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Convert the document to LaTeX and save to a file with the extension \family typewriter .tex \family default in place of \family typewriter .lyx \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Run LaTeX on the \family typewriter .tex \family default file (maybe several times). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate If there are any errors, insert error boxes in the document to mark where they are. These boxes are transient and are not saved along with the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you've run LaTeX using \family sans View\InsetSpace ~ DVI \family default , LyX then executes \family typewriter xdvi \family default on the Dvi file. If you've used \family sans View\InsetSpace ~ PostScript \family default or \family sans \bar under P \bar default rint \family default , LyX performs two more steps: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Run \family typewriter dvips \family default to convert the Dvi file to PostScript®: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize For \family sans View\InsetSpace ~ PostScript \family default , the output file has the extension \family typewriter .ps_tmp \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize For \family sans \bar under P \bar default rint \family default \InsetSpace ~ , the output file has the extension \family typewriter .ps \family default , as expected. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Execute \family typewriter ghostview \family default or send the PostScript® file to the printer. \end_layout \begin_layout Section \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Help! LyX generated an unreadable \family typewriter .tex \family default file! \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Die-hard LaTeX users will scream and howl this into the night, then declare LyX useless, simply because they didn't RTFM. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard We're going to set the record straight. LyX produces two kinds of LaTeX files. One is human readable. The other is LyX readable. Every time LyX executes LaTeX, it produces a LaTeX file that it can easily scan for errors. The resulting \family typewriter .tex \family default file is not human readable. Don't even try to read it. If you want a \family typewriter .tex \family default file that you can send to a colleague, select \family sans \bar under E \bar default xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under L \bar default aTeX \family default from the \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile \family default menu. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Translating LaTeX files into LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can import a LaTeX file into LyX by using the \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under I \bar default mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under L \bar default aTeX \family default command in LyX. This will call a Perl script named \family typewriter reLyX \family default ---which will create a file \family typewriter foo.lyx \family default from the file \family typewriter foo.tex \family default ---and then open that file. If the translation doesn't work, you can try calling \family typewriter reLyX \family default from the command line, possibly using fancier options. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter reLyX \family default will translate most legal LaTeX, but not everything. It will leave things it doesn't understand in TeX mode, so after translating a file with \family typewriter reLyX \family default , you can look for red text and hand-edit it to look right. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter reLyX \family default has its own section in the \emph on Extended Features \emph default manual (as well as a Unix manpage equivalent), which you should read to find out about what LaTeX isn't supported, bugs (and how to get around them), and how to use the various options. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you can't get \family typewriter reLyX \family default to work, or you just want to put a piece of LaTeX code into a LyX file, see Section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:latexcodes} \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Inserting LaTeX Code into LyX Documents \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Inserting-LaTeX-Code} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:latexcodes} \end_inset This is a rather important point: You can always insert LaTeX code into any LyX document. LyX simply cannot, and will probably never be able to, display every possible LaTeX construct. If ever you need to insert LaTeX commands into your LyX document, you can use the ERT box, which you can insert into your document with \family sans \bar under I \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under T \bar default eX \family default . The ERT box comes in three forms: collapsed, open, and inlined. The first two are used just like any other collapsable (foldable) box (such as footnotes), and are useful for significant amounts of LaTeX commands. An \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset inlined \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ERT box displays its content as part of the button, and is useful for very short sections of LaTeX commands. \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard % like this \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can switch between all three by right-clicking on the ERT. Note that if you want more than one line of LaTeX commands, you cannot use the inlined mode. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here's an example of inserting LaTeX commands in a LyX document. The code looks like this: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash begin{tabular}{ll} \newline \backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} \newline This is an example for a minipage environment. You \newline can put nearly everything in it, even (non-floating) \newline figures and tables. \newline \backslash end{minipage} \newline & \newline \backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} \newline \backslash begin{verbatim} \newline \backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} \newline This ... \newline \backslash end{minipage} \newline \backslash end{verbatim} \newline \backslash end{minipage} \newline \backslash end{tabular} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The ERT box containing this text is directly after this paragraph. Those of you reading the manual online will only see a bunch of funky text in red. Those reading a printed version of the manuals will see the actual results: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \backslash begin{tabular}{ll} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This is an example for a minipage environment. You can put nearly everything in it, even (non-floating) figures and tables. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \backslash end{minipage} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard & \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \backslash begin{verbatim} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \backslash begin{minipage}{5cm} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This ... \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \backslash end{minipage} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \backslash end{verbatim} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \backslash end{minipage} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \backslash end{tabular} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In addition to these two methods, you can also create a separate file containing some complex LaTeX structure. You can then use \family sans \bar under I \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Chil \bar under d \bar default \InsetSpace ~ Document \family default to include your file (you should select the type \family sans Input \family default ). We recommend that you only do this if you have a \family typewriter .tex \family default file which you \emph on know \emph default works already. Otherwise, you'll have a big job tracking down LaTeX errors\SpecialChar \ldots{} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are a few last notes to emphasize: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Inside of LyX, LaTeX code appears \emph on in red \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize LyX \emph on does not \emph default check if your LaTeX code is correct. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Beware reinventing the wheel. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard That last note refers to two things. First, LyX does have quite a few features tucked into it, and more are coming. Be sure to check the manuals to make sure that LyX doesn't have such-and-such feature before you go off merrily coding LaTeX. Second, there are numerous LaTeX packages out there to do all sorts of things, from labels to envelopes to fancy multipage tables. Check out a CTAN site for details (see Section \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Requirements \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of the \emph on User's Guide \emph default ). \begin_inset Foot status open \begin_layout Standard Note from \noun on John Weiss \noun default : I seem to do this an awful lot. Sat down and merrily began coding something to print out labels, only to learn that there were already 2 different LaTeX packages to do this. Worse yet --- I had them already! \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you do need to do some wild and fancy things within your document, be sure to check out a good LaTeX book for assistance. There are a number of them listed in the bibliography of the \emph on User's Guide \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are a number of LaTeX commands which have to be placed before the beginning of the actual text. They go into the preamble, and this is explained in the next section. \end_layout \begin_layout Section LyX and the LaTeX Preamble \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection About the LaTeX Preamble \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:preamble} \end_inset If you already know LaTeX, there is no need to explain here what the preamble is good for. If you don't, the following will give you some ideas --- we recommend again that you consult a LaTeX book for further information. In any case, you should read the points below, because they explain what you can do and what you don't need to do in the LaTeX preamble of a LyX document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The LaTeX preamble comes at the very beginning of a document, \emph on before \emph default the text. It serves to: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize declare the document class. LyX already does this for you. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard If you're a seasoned LaTeX-nician, and you have some custom document class you want to use, check out the \emph on Customization Manual \emph default for information on how to make LyX interface to it. Be sure to submit your efforts to the LyX Team for inclusion in future versions! \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize declare the usage of packages. LaTeX packages provide special commands, which are only available within a document when the package has been declared in the preamble. For example, the \family typewriter \family default package \family typewriter indentfirst \family default forces all paragraphs to be indented. There are other packages for labels, envelopes, margins, etc. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize set counters, variables, lengths and widths. There are several LaTeX counters and variables which \emph on must \emph default be set globally from within the preamble in order to have the desired effect. [There are other variables which you can set and reset inside the document, too.] Margins are a good example of something which must be set in the preamble. Another example is the label format for lists. You can actually set these just about anywhere, but it's best to do it just once, inside the preamble. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize declare user defined commands [with \family typewriter \backslash newcommand \family default or \family typewriter \backslash renewcommand \family default ], mostly abbreviations for LaTeX commands which appear very often inside a document. Although the preamble is a good place to declare such commands, they \emph on can \emph default be declared anywhere else [but \emph on before \emph default they are used for the first time, of course\SpecialChar \ldots{} ]. This can be useful if there is a lot of raw LaTeX code in your document, which normally should not be the case. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX adds its own set of definitions to the preamble of the \family typewriter .tex \family default file it produces. This makes LaTeX files generated by LyX portable. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Changing the Preamble \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The commands which LyX adds to the preamble of a LaTeX file are fixed; you can't change them without patching LyX itself. You can, however, add your own stuff to the preamble. There are two ways to do this: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Select \family sans \bar under L \bar default aTeX\InsetSpace ~ \bar under P \bar default reamble \family default from the \family sans \bar under D \bar default ocument \family default menu, or via the \family sans \bar under D \bar default ocument \family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator \family sans \bar under S \bar default ettings \family default dialog, depending on your frontend. Note that the LyX keybindings will not work in this dialog, alas. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Use the preamble contents you've added as your default template (see \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Basic LyX Setup \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in the \emph on User's Guide \emph default ), so that it will be the default preamble for any file you create. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX adds anything in the \family sans \bar under P \bar default reamble \family default dialog to its own built-in preamble. Before adding your own declarations in the preamble, you should make sure that LyX doesn't already support what you want to do (remember what we said about reinventing the wheel?). Also, \emph on make sure your preamble code is correct \emph default . LyX doesn't check it. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Examples \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here are some examples of what you can add to a preamble, and what they do: \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Example #1: Offsets \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are two variables under LaTeX that control page position: \family typewriter \backslash hoffset \family default and \family typewriter \backslash voffset \family default . Their names should be self-explanatory. These variables are useful if you think for a moment about computer labels. Sometimes, the size of a print medium and the area of the medium that you can actually print on aren't the same. This is where \family typewriter \backslash hoffset \family default and \family typewriter \backslash voffset \family default come in. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The default values for \family typewriter \backslash hoffset \family default and \family typewriter \backslash voffset \family default are both 0 pt.,\InsetSpace ~ i.\InsetSpace ~ e.\InsetSpace ~ the page isn't shifted. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Unfortunately, some DVI drivers always seem to shift the page. We have no idea why, or why the sysadmin hasn't fixed such behavior. If you're using LyX on a system that you don't personally maintain, and your sysadmin is a doofus, \family typewriter \backslash hoffset \family default and \family typewriter \backslash voffset \family default can save the day. Suppose you're left and top margins are always 0.5 inches too big. You can add this to the preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash setlength{ \backslash hoffset}{-0.5 in} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash setlength{ \backslash voffset}{-0.5 in} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} and your margins should now be correct. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Example #2: Labels \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Speaking of labels, suppose you wanted to print out a bunch of address labels. There's a rather nice package, available at your nearest CTAN archive, for printing sheets of labels, called \family typewriter labels.sty \family default . Now, your system may not have this package installed by default. We leave that up to you to check. You'll also want to read the documentation for it; we're not going to do that for you. Since this is an example, however, we'll give you an example of how you use this package. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard First, make sure you're using the \family sans article \family default document class. Next, you need to put the following in your preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash usepackage{labels} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash LabelCols=3 \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash LabelRows=7 \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash LeftBorder=8mm \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash RightBorder=8mm \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash TopBorder=9mm \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash BottomBorder=2mm \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This sets things up for Avery® label sheets, stock #5360. You're now ready to print labels, but you'll need to insert LaTeX code, placing the commands \family typewriter \backslash begin{labels} \family default and \family typewriter \backslash end{labels} \family default around each label text. This and other special features of \family typewriter labels.sty \family default are explained in its documentation. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Someday, someone may write a LyX layout file to support this package directly. Maybe that someone is you. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Example #3: Paragraph Indentation \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Americans are trained to indent the first line of \emph on every \emph default paragraph. As with all of their other weird quirks, most Americans will whine and moan until they can have their way and indent the first line of all paragraphs. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard Note from \noun on John Weiss \noun default : This was written by an American --- \emph on me \emph default ! It's my perception of my fellow countrymen. Tough if you don't like it. Thpbpbpbpbpbpbpbp! \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Of course, this behavior isn't standard typography. In books, you typically only indent the first line of a paragraph \emph on if \emph default it follows another one. The idea behind indenting the first line of a paragraph is to distinguish neighboring paragraphs from one another. If there is no previous paragraph, for example, it follows a figure, or is the first paragraph in a section, then there is no special indentation. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you're a typical American, though, you don't care about such esoteric things; you want your indentation! Add this to the preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash usepackage{indentfirst} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If your TeX distribution isn't a braindead one, you'll have this package, and all of your paragraphs will get the indentation you think they deserve. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Example #4: This Document \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also check out the preamble of this document to get an idea of some of the advanced things you can do. You'll probably need to make the \family sans \bar under P \bar default reamble\SpecialChar \ldots{} \family default dialog full-screen to see most of it. Also, there are more examples and an assortment of LaTeX \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset dirty tricks \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset given in Chapter\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{cha:secrets} \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Section LyX and LaTeX Errors \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When LyX calls LaTeX, it tells LaTeX to blithely ignore any errors and keep going. It then uses the log-file from the LaTeX run to do a post-mortem. As we stated earlier in the chapter, LyX generates two kinds of \family typewriter .tex \family default files, one of which it uses to locate errors in the document. If there was an error someplace, LyX will put a box with the word \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Error \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset at the appropriate place in the document. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard LyX will occasionally misguess where the error was. This will typically happen with tables, figures, math, and the preamble. \end_layout \end_inset It will also display a message alerting you to the fact that there were errors. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can navigate through the errors by using \family sans \bar under E \bar default rror \family default in the \family sans \bar under N \bar default avigate \family default menu. You can \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset open \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset the error-boxes and view the error message LaTeX produced by clicking on it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Some folks also like to look at the log file directly, accessible from \family sans \bar under D \bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under L \bar default aTeX\InsetSpace ~ Log\InsetSpace ~ File \family default . There are some fairly common error messages and warnings. We'll cover those here. You should look at a good LaTeX book for a complete listing. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter LaTeX Warning: \family default \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard Anything beginning with these word is a warning message for the purpose of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset debugging \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset the LaTeX code itself. You'll get messages like this if you added or changed cross-references or bibliography entries, in which case, LaTeX is trying to tell you that you need to make another run. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can by-and-large ignore these. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter LaTeX Font Warning: \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard Another warning message, this time about fonts which LaTeX couldn't find. The rest of the message will often say something about a replacement font that LaTeX used. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can safely ignore these. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter Overfull \backslash hbox \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard LaTeX absolutely \emph on loves \emph default to spew these out. They are warning you about lines that were too long and run past the right margin. Almost always, this is unnoticeable in the final output. Or, only one or two characters extend past the margin. LaTeX seems to generate at least one of these messages for just about any document you write. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can ignore these stupid messages. Your eyes will tell you if there's a problem with something that's too wide; just look at the output. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter Underfull \backslash hbox \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard Not quite as common as its cousin. LaTeX seems to like to print lines that are a bit too wide as opposed to ones that are a bit too narrow. We have no idea why. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can ignore these, too. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter Overfull \backslash vbox \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter Underfull \backslash vbox \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard Warnings about troubles breaking the page. Once again, just look at the output. Your eyes will tell you where something has gone wrong. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter LaTeX Error: File \begin_inset Quotes els \end_inset Xxxx \begin_inset Quotes ers \end_inset not found \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard The file \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Xxxx \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset isn't installed on this system. This usually appears because some package your document needs isn't installed. If you didn't touch the preamble or didn't use the \family typewriter \backslash usepackage{} \family default command, then one of the packages LyX tried to load is missing. Use \family sans \bar under H \bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator L \bar under a \bar default TeX Configuration \family default , to get a list of packages that LyX knows about. This file is updated whenever you reconfigure LyX (using \family sans \bar under T \bar default ools \bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator R \bar default econfigure \family default ) and tells you which packages have been detected and what they do. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you \emph on did \emph default use the \family typewriter \backslash usepackage{} \family default command, and the package in question isn't installed, you'll need to install it yourself. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter LaTeX Error: Unknown option \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard Error messages beginning with this are trying to tell you that you specified a bad or undefined option to a package. Check the package's documentation. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter Undefined control sequence \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard If you've inserted LaTeX code into your document, but made a typo, you'll get one of these. You may have forgotten to load a package. In any case, this error message usually means that you used an undefined command. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard There are other error and warning messages. Some are self-explanatory. These are usually LaTeX messages. Others are downright cryptic. These are actually TeX error messages, and we really have \emph on no clue \emph default what they mean or how to decipher them. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There's a general sequence you should follow if you get error messages: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Look at the LaTeX code you inserted for typos. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate If there are no typos, check and see that you used the command(s) correctly. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate If you get a bunch of error boxes piled up at the very top of the document, it means that there are errors in the preamble. Start debugging your preamble. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate If you didn't add anything to the preamble and didn't add any LaTeX code to the document, the first suspect is your LaTeX distribution itself. Check for missing packages and install them. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Okay, so there are no missing packages. Did you use any of the fine-tuning options in LyX? Specifically, did you \emph on misuse \emph default any of them, like trying to manually insert lots of \family sans Protected\InsetSpace ~ Blank \family default s, \family sans Linebreak \family default s, or \family sans Pagebreak \family default s? Did you try to kludge something together with these instead of using the appropriate paragraph environment? \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate All right, you didn't use any of the fine-tuning options, you played by the rules. Did you try to pull a fancy maneuver? Did you do something funky inside a table or an equation, like inserting a graphic into a table cell? \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Do you have long sections of text where LaTeX cannot find a place to break a line? By default, LaTeX is rather strict about how much extra inter-word spacing it will add in order to break a line. Preferrably, you should rework the paragraph to avoid the problem. If this isn't an option, you can wrap your text in \family typewriter \backslash sloppypar \family default to make LaTeX's line breaking more, well, sloppy. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Did you go overboard with the nesting? LyX (currently) doesn't check to make sure you're in the limits for nesting environments. If you nested a bunch of environments to the \begin_inset Formula $17^{\mathrm{th}}$ \end_inset level, that's the problem. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Okay, you didn't get any error messages, but your output looks whacked. If you have a table or figure that's too wide or long for the page, you need to: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate rescale the figure so it fits. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate trim down the table so it fits. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If something else is wrong with the output, and you didn't try to pull anything fancy or kludge the fine-tuning options, we're not sure what's wrong. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard If all this doesn't help --- well, then \emph on perhaps \emph default you might have found a bug in LyX\SpecialChar \ldots{} \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter Supplemental Tools \end_layout \begin_layout Section Preparing a Bibliography with BibTeX \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:Preparing-a-Bibliography} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Mike Ressler \noun default and \noun on Jürgen Spitzmüller \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent STOP! If you don't know what BibTeX is, or have a reasonably good idea of how to use it ( \emph on e.g. \emph default setting up your own bibliographic databases), \emph on run \emph default , do not walk, to your nearest copy of the 2nd edition of Lamport's \emph on LaTeX: A Document Preparation System \emph default , particularly Appendix B. The rest of this discussion assumes you have created a correct bibliography file, that you have all relevant environment variables set correctly (esp. \family typewriter BIBINPUTS \family default , \family typewriter BSTINPUTS \family default , and \family typewriter TEXINPUTS \family default ), and that if sufficiently desperate, you could create and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset TeX \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset a LaTeX file with a BibTeX database. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For those who don't know what BibTeX is, it is a system for creating a large database of your most used journal references. For all future articles you write, you only need to include this standard database and reference the appropriate key to each reference. Even if you write only a few papers with handful of references each, it is well worth your time to examine BibTeX and decide whether it will be useful to you. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To use BibTeX with LyX, first read the \emph on User Guide \emph default where it describes how to insert citations. The basic mechanism for inserting BibTeX references is the same. Then, at the very end of your document, select \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator List \family default / \family sans TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator BibTeX Reference \family default . In the resulting dialog, fill out the dialog boxes as follows: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Database: enter the name of your \family typewriter .bib \family default file \emph on without \emph default the \family typewriter .bib \family default extension. For searching multiple \family typewriter .bib \family default files, just enter them in the desired order, separated by commas. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Style: enter the name of your BibTeX style file *without* the \family typewriter .bst \family default extension. The default style is \family typewriter plain \family default (which should be included in your LaTeX distribution, so you don't have to worry about creating it). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For each citation, assuming that the source is in the \family typewriter .bib \family default file, just call \family sans \bar under I \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under C \bar default itation Reference \family default at the correct location in the text, and enter the appropriate reference key. Nothing else is required; when invoking \family sans \bar under V \bar default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under D \bar default VI \family default , for example, you should see that BibTex and LaTeX are invoked as needed, including multiple invocations of LaTeX. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Alternative Citation Styles \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Standard BibTeX uses numbers (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{} g.\InsetSpace \space{} \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset [12] \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) to refer to a cited work. However, in many scientific disciplines, other citation styles are in use. The most common one is the author-year style (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{} g.\InsetSpace \space{} \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Knuth 1984a \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). LyX supports two packages that provide this style, \family typewriter natbib \family default and \family typewriter jurabib \family default . Both packages have their own pros and cons, which cannot be listed in detail. If you only want to have simple author-year (or author-numerical) style or if you want to use one of the countless style files for natbib, than the established \family typewriter natbib \family default package is probably your choice. If you need special features like short title references, ibidem etc., you might consider the fairly new \family typewriter jurabib \family default package. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The handling of both packages in LyX is basically the same. Go to \family sans \bar under D \bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under S \bar default ettings \family default and select the \family sans Bibliography \family default pane (with the xforms frontend: the \family sans Extras \family default tab). Then select \family sans Natbib \family default or \family sans Jurabib \family default . With both packages, you will get some extra features in the citation dialog and you can select the style of the reference ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Knuth 1984 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Knuth (1984) \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Knuth, 1984 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset 1984 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset etc.). Note that both packages need specifically designed style files (they both ship their own, while there are lots of additional style files and even an interactive style file builder \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard See \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/custom-bib/} \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset for \family typewriter natbib \family default available). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Sectionated Bibliographies \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:Sectionated-Bibliographies} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Sometimes you might need to divide your bibliography into several sections. If you are, for instance, a historian, the possibility to separate sources and scientific works is most likely a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset must have \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . Unfortunately, BibTeX itself does not allow you to do this. The good news is, though: With the help of some LaTeX packages, BibTeX can be extended to fit your historical needs. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As of version 1.4, LyX provides native support for one of these packages, Stefan Ulrich's \family typewriter bibtopic \family default . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard Available from \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ctan.tug.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/bibtopic/} \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset The advantage of this package (compared to other packages like \family typewriter multibib \family default ) is that you don't need to define new citation commands. Instead, you need to prepare different bibliographic databases which include the entries for the different sections of the bibliography. For example: If you want to divide your bibliography into the sections \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Sources \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Scientific works \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , you first need to create two bibliographic databases, e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{} g.\InsetSpace \space{} \family typewriter sources.bib \family default and \family typewriter scientific.bib \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In LyX, go to \family sans \bar under D \bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under S \bar default ettings \family default and select the \family sans Bibliography \family default pane (with the xforms frontend: the \family sans Extras \family default tab). Check \family sans Sectionated\InsetSpace ~ bibliography \family default . Now you can insert multiple BibTeX references (as described in section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Preparing-a-Bibliography} \end_inset ), one for each section of your bibliography. Returning to our example: Insert a BibTeX reference for the database \family typewriter sources.bib \family default and a second one for the database \family typewriter scientific.bib \family default . You are free to use the same or different styles for each section. Additionally, you can chose if the bibliography section should contain \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset all cited references \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of the specified database(s) (which is the default), \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset all uncited references \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or even \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset all references \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . This might be useful if you would like to separate your bibliography into three sections: \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Cited sources \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Uncited sources \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Scientific works \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The titles for the sections can be added as ordinary sections or subsections. Since \family typewriter bibtopic \family default removes the bibliography title, you have manually re-add that, too (as a chapter* or section*, for instance). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Multiple Bibliographies \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Multiple bibliographies, e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{} g.\InsetSpace \space{} a bibliography for each section or chapter of the document, are not supported by BibTeX itself. But the \family typewriter bibtopic \family default package, which is used for the creation of sectionated bibliographies in LyX (cf.\InsetSpace ~ section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:Sectionated-Bibliographies} \end_inset ), provides an easy way to solve this task, if you are willing to use some LaTeX-Code (ERT, cf.\InsetSpace ~ section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Inserting-LaTeX-Code} \end_inset ). \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard An alternative approach is to use the \family typewriter chapterbib \family default or \family typewriter bibunits \family default package, respectively. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard First, go to \family sans \bar under D \bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under S \bar default ettings \family default and select the \family sans Bibliography \family default pane (with the xforms frontend: the \family sans Extras \family default tab). Check \family sans Sectionated\InsetSpace ~ bibliography \family default . In the document, you have to enclose the sections, which shall contain their own bibliography (including the BibTeX reference itself), between \family typewriter \backslash begin{btUnit} \family default and \family typewriter \backslash end{btUnit} \family default (those commands have to be inserted as ERT). The bibliography will contain all references which have been cited in the current btUnit. N.\InsetSpace \thinspace{} B.: If you are using this approach, then \emph on every \emph default citation reference has to be inside some btUnit. Also, the btUnits cannot be nested. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Making an Index \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A good index is one of the hardest things to make in a lengthy document, but LyX helps make things a bit simpler by interfacing to the \family typewriter makeindex \family default program which is found in most recent LaTeX distributions. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none In the \family sans \series default \shape default \size default \emph default \bar default \noun default Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator LaT\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{} eX \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off section of the preferences dialog, however, you can customize the index command, if you prefer an alternative program like \family typewriter \series default \shape default \size default \emph default \bar default \noun default xindy \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off . \end_layout \end_inset Inserting an index and marking words to include in it works much the same way as preparing a bibliography as mentioned in the last section. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard First, go to the end of your file and select \family sans \bar under I \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator List \family default \InsetSpace ~ /\InsetSpace ~ \family sans T \bar under O \bar default C\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under I \bar default ndex \family default \InsetSpace ~ \family sans List \family default . Then, for each word you would like to include in the index, go to the end of that word and click on \family sans \bar under I \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under I \bar default ndex \family default \InsetSpace ~ \family sans Entry \family default . This will insert a tag showing the word as it will appear in the index. That's all there is to it; LyX will automatically call \family typewriter makeindex \family default for you and create the index itself. The text in the dialog available from right-clicking on the index button accepts LaTeX, so you'll need to be careful to avoid using any special characters. On the positive side, you can use the advanced options - have a look at the documentation which comes with your LaTeX distribution to find out how to do things like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset nested entries \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , etc. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Be careful not to put spaces between the word in the text and the index marker; apparently the wrong page number can be produced if this happens. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Multipart Documents \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection General Operation \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When you are working on a large file with many sections, it is often convenient to break up the document into several files, or perhaps you have something where a table may change from time to time, but the preceding text does not. In these cases, you should seriously consider using multipart documents. For example, scientific papers often have five major sections: the introduction , observations, results, discussion, and conclusion. Each of these could be its own separate LyX file, with one \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset master \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset file which contains the title, authors, abstract, references, etc., plus the five included files. It is important to note that each of these files is a full LyX file which can be formatted and printed on its own, as well as included in a master file. Each of these files must have the same document class, however--- don't attempt to mix book classes with article classes. You may also include LaTeX files; however, these files must not have their own preamble \emph on (i.e. \emph default everything up to and including the \family typewriter \backslash begin{document} \family default line as well as the \family typewriter \backslash end{document} \family default line must be deleted) or else errors will be generated when you try to make a DVI file. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX allows you to include files quite easily with \family sans \bar under I \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator ChiI \bar under d \bar default \InsetSpace ~ Document \family default . When you click on this selection a small box is inserted into the file at the current cursor location. Clicking on the box raises a dialog which allows you to select the file to be included, and the method of its inclusion. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The file selection box should by now be obvious. The three inclusion methods are \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset include \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset input \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset verbatim \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The difference between \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset include \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset input \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is really only meaningful to LaTeXperts, but the practical difference is that files which are \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset included \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset are typeset beginning on a new page, while files which are \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset inputted \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset are typeset starting on the current page. Perhaps the labeling in LyX will be changed someday to reflect this. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Generally, the master file is converted into a full LaTeX file before typesettin g, while the included files are converted to LaTeX files which do not have all the preamble information. Checking the \family sans Don't \family default \InsetSpace ~ \family sans typeset \family default button prevents this conversion. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset verbatim \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset included file allows you to include a file typeset exactly as it appears in the file, i.e.\InsetSpace ~ verbatim mode, with the characters set in a fixed-width typewriter font. Normally, spaces in this file are invisible, though two consecutive spaces are conserved, unlike LyX's normal treatment of spaces. However, setting the \family sans \bar under M \bar default ark\InsetSpace ~ spaces\InsetSpace ~ in\InsetSpace ~ output \family default checkbox typesets a mark to unambiguously define the presence of a space. \emph on \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Cross-References Between Files \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It is possible to set up cross-references between the different files. First, open all the files in question: let's call them A and B in a two file example, where B is included in A. Let's say you insert a label in A, then want to reference it in B. Open the cross-reference dialog in whilst in document B, and you can select the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset buffer \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to use. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Algorithms \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The package \family sans algorithm \family default is needed by LyX to be able to output algorithm floats. These are useful in placing short algorithms across page breaks and support an index of algorithms too. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Subfigures \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The package \family sans subfigure \family default is used by LyX when you select ``subfigure'' in the graphics dialog and enter the subfigure caption. Several figures marked in this way can be packed into a single float with individual sub-captions. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Fancy Headers and Footers \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The default page layout is rather plain; for an article document class, all you get is a centered page number at the bottom of the page. This document is the book class, so it appears to be a bit fancier, but to really put on a show, you need to set the document page style to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset fancy \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , as mentioned in the \family sans User\InsetSpace ~ Guide \family default . This section describes the LaTeX codes you need to insert in your LaTeX preamble or the text in order to get the desired effects. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The page header is divided into three fields, not surprisingly labeled \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset left \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset center \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset right \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The footer is also divided into these three fields. The LaTeX commands to set these fields in the simplest manner are \family typewriter \backslash lhead \family default , \family typewriter \backslash chead \family default , \family typewriter \backslash rhead \family default , \family typewriter \backslash lfoot \family default , etc. Suppose you wish to put your name in the upper left hand corner of each page. Simply insert the following command in the preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash lhead{John Q. DocWriter} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You will now see your name in the upper left. If a field has a default entry that you would like to get rid of (often the page number appears in the central footer, simply include a command with a blank argument, e.g. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash cfoot{} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Let's get really fancy: lets put the section number with the word \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Section \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (e.g. Section 3) in the upper left, the page number (e.g. Page 4) in the upper right, your name in the lower left, and the date in the lower right. The following commands should now appear in the preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash lhead{Section \backslash thesection} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash chead{} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash rhead{Page \backslash thepage} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash lfoot{John Q. DocWriter} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash cfoot{} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash rfoot{ \backslash today} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The codes \family typewriter \backslash thesection \family default and \family typewriter \backslash thepage \family default access LaTeX's section and page counters, and so print out the current section and page numbers. \family typewriter \backslash today \family default simply prints out today's date. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The thicknesses of the horizontal rules drawn beneath the header and above the footer can also be modified. If you don't want one of the headers, set its thickness to 0. The header rule has a default thickness of 0.4pt, the footer rule is 0pt. Use the commands, e.g. \family typewriter \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash headrulewidth}{0.4pt} \family default and \family typewriter \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash footrulewidth}{0.4pt} \family default to set the thicknesses. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can switch the header/footer settings on and off for individual pages using commands like \family typewriter \backslash thispagestyle{empty} \family default , \family typewriter \backslash thispagestyle{plain} \family default , and \family typewriter \backslash thispagestyle{fancy} \family default . Simply insert them in the text on the page you want changed and mark them as TeX code. In fact, title pages are marked as plain by default, while following pages are marked fancy when using the global fancy setting. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are more complex commands which will let you insert things in the upper left on odd numbered pages, etc., but I will refer you to the \family typewriter fancyhdr \family default package documentation for more descriptions. For example, if you have a teTeX installation, look for \family typewriter /usr/share/texmf/doc/latex/fancyhdr/\SpecialChar \- fancyhdr.dvi \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As a final example, it is possible to include an Encapsulated PostScript® file in the header or footer. Suppose you want to put a company logo in the upper lefthand corner. You might try something like \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash lhead{ \backslash resizebox{1in}{!}{ \backslash includegraphics{logo.eps}}} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent (you may need to preface this with \family typewriter \backslash usepackage{graphics} \family default if you don't include EPS files elsewhere in your document). \end_layout \begin_layout Section Minipages \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page, called minipages. Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\InsetSpace ~ apply. LyX also provides some of the minipage capability. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Minipages in LyX have their own collapsable box; insert one via \family sans \bar under I \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Mini \bar under p \bar default age \family default . Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the minipage's width and alignment within the page. Warning: if the minipage is too long to fit on a page, it is truncated, not wrapped onto the next page. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use \family sans \bar under I \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under S \bar default pecial\InsetSpace ~ Character \family default to insert a special instruction known in the LaTeX world as an \family typewriter hfill \family default to put a maximum amount of space between them; it forces one minipage to the left edge, the other to the right edge. The examples below show the difference. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Box Frameless position "t" hor_pos "c" has_inner_box 1 inner_pos "c" use_parbox 0 width "1.5in" special "none" height "1pt" height_special "totalheight" status open \begin_layout Standard This is a minipage which does not use hfill. This is the second sentence of a minipage which does not use hfill. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Box Frameless position "t" hor_pos "c" has_inner_box 1 inner_pos "c" use_parbox 0 width "1.5in" special "none" height "1pt" height_special "totalheight" status open \begin_layout Standard This is a second minipage which does not use hfill. This is the second sentence of a second minipage which does not use hfill. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here is some normal text to separate the two examples. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Box Frameless position "t" hor_pos "c" has_inner_box 1 inner_pos "c" use_parbox 0 width "1.5in" special "none" height "1pt" height_special "totalheight" status open \begin_layout Standard This is a minipage which does use hfill. This is the second sentence of a minipage which does use hfill. \end_layout \end_inset \hfill \begin_inset Box Frameless position "t" hor_pos "c" has_inner_box 1 inner_pos "c" use_parbox 0 width "1.5in" special "none" height "1pt" height_special "totalheight" status open \begin_layout Standard This is a second minipage which does use hfill. This is the second sentence of a second minipage which does use hfill. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section Wrapping Text Around Figures \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:floatflt} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Wrap figure placement r width "6cm" status open \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset Graphics filename mobius.eps display color width 40col% rotateOrigin center \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Caption This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes it \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A very frequently asked question is whether text can be made to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset wrap \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset around figures so that a figure occupies some fraction of the column width and text fills the rest. If you have the LaTeX package \family typewriter floatflt \family default installed (you can find out about it in the \emph on LaTeX Configuration \emph default manual) you can do this. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard At the right is a figure of a mobius strip---you should have already seen this in the \emph on User's Guide \emph default . To wrap the text like this insert a wrap box via \family sans \bar under I \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Flo \bar under a \bar default ts\SpecialChar \menuseparator Floatflt Figure \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note: this package is very fragile! For example, having a figure too close to the bottom of the page will mess things up, as will having two figures close together. Use this package sparingly and do read the documentation that came with it (which will also tell you how to wrap text around tables). \end_layout \begin_layout Section Extra Table Options \end_layout \begin_layout Standard While the standard table layout will suffice in 99% of all tables you generate, occasionally you will run into one which requires a bit of extra tweaking. The table dialog which appears on a right-click of a table allows these tweaks to be made. It will give you access to some extra column alignment parameters. A little bit of LaTeX background is useful here: when you set up a table in LaTeX, each column is given an alignment type. For example, you would give it \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter l \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter c \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter r \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset for left-aligned, centered, and right-aligned columns respectively (which appear as the left/center/right radio buttons in LyX). A fourth type is \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter p \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , which will make a column of a specified width (the width box in LyX), and will wrap text within that box. A fifth type is \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter | \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (vertical bar) which rather than making a column will make a vertical rule at that point; this manifests itself in LyX as the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset borders \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset buttons. Finally, there is a type \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter @ \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , which allows you to use whatever is enclosed in the accompanying braces as the column separator, including a null argument. The reasons for doing this may not be obvious, but they can be very powerful. They are best demonstrated by example. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Removing Extra Column Space \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here is a standard table: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Type \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Example \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Rock \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Granite \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Mineral \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Quartz \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Notice that the horizontal rule extends a bit past the text on both sides. If you wanted the line to end even with the text, we can put a null separator on the ends to get rid of the bit of extra space LaTeX adds by default. Here is the example: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Type \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Example \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Rock \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Granite \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Mineral \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Quartz \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In this case, the column specifier for the left column was set to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter @{} l \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , while the right column was set to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter l @{} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , in order to put the null characters on the edges. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Changing the Column Separator Character \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Now suppose you really wanted, for reasons that are completely opaque, to use \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{\pi}$ \end_inset with some space around it for the column separator. Simply turn off the vertical border, then set the right column specifier to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter @{~$ \backslash sqrt{ \backslash pi}$~} l \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . You could now make a table like this: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Type \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Example \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Rock \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Granite \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Mineral \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Quartz \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Making a Decimal Point Aligned Column \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Okay, that last example was very silly, but here is one that is not. Suppose you want to make a table that has a column which is aligned on a decimal point. A standard LaTeX trick to do this is to set the whole number part in a right-aligned column, use a decimal point for the column separator, then set the fractional part as a left-aligned column. A variation on this is to include the decimal point explicitly with the whole part, then use just a null separator in between. The latter variation is demonstrated here: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Expression \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Value \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\pi$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 3. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 1416 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 36. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 462 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $(\pi^{\pi})^{\pi}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 80663. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset Formula $\pi^{\pi^{\pi}}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 1. \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none 3402 \begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$ \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Though it appears a bit funny in LyX, on paper it will produce what appears to be a 2-column table in which the right column is aligned on the decimal point and the header appears to be centered over it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Perhaps it is best if I described just what I did: first, create a 3 \begin_inset Formula $\times$ \end_inset 3 table and remove all the borders. Then re-add a bottom border to the top row, and a right border to the first column. Type in the values for the first column and set its alignment to \family sans center \family default . Type in the \family typewriter 3. \family default , \family typewriter 36. \family default , \family typewriter 80663. \family default , and \family typewriter 1. \family default and set that column's alignment to \family sans right \family default . Type in the \family typewriter 1416 \family default , \family typewriter 462 \family default , and \family typewriter 3402 \begin_inset Formula $\times10^{18}$ \end_inset \family default and set the extra column alignment to \family typewriter @{} l \family default . Finally type in the word \family typewriter Value \family default in the middle column, highlight it and the blank entry to its right, and check the \family sans Special Cell \family default entry \family sans multicolumn \family default . Easy, right? \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection A Better Decimal-Alignment Solution \end_layout \begin_layout Standard An alternative way to have decimal alignment in tables is through the \family typewriter dcolumn \family default package. Add the following to the LateX preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash usepackage{dcolumn} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash newcolumntype{d}[1]{D{.}{.}{#1}} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To have a column decimally aligned, enter in the \family sans Special Column Alignment \family default box of the \family sans Table \family default dialog the following: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code d{number of decimals of the data} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To create extra column space just increase the number of decimals in \family typewriter d{} \family default . Setting the multicolumn attribute for a single cell makes it insensitive to the decimal alignment which comes in handy as well. A drawback of this method is that math mode is not allowed in a column with decimal alignment except if the multicolumn attribute is set. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This method offers the same flexibility as the \family typewriter dcolumn \family default package. One could, for example, change the alignment separator, and have different alignment separators for different columns by defining multiple column types in the preamble. The syntax is as follows: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code D{inputsep}{outputsep}{decimal places} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The interested reader is directed towards the \family typewriter dcolumn \family default package documentation for more details. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Itemize Bullet Selection \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:bullet} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Allan Rae \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX provides 216 bullet shapes that can be accessed from a simple dialog. Using this dialog you can easily specify what bullet shape to use at each level of an itemized list. These settings are document-wide so you won't be able to specify different sets of bullets for different paragraphs \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard Well, actually you can but you'll have to do it by hand. \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection How it looks \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Open the dialog by selecting the \family sans \bar under D \bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under S \bar default ettings \family default menu item and then select the \family sans \bar under B \bar default ullets \family default tab. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The dialog provides you with a table of bullet shapes. A column of buttons on the left of the table provides access to the six different panels of bullet shapes. The row of buttons across the top is used to select which bullet depth you are changing. A text entry under the table shows the currently selected bullet shape's LaTeX equivalent and this can be edited if desired. If you do modify the text you will also need to specify any needed packages in the LaTeX preamble. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The six panels are divided up by the packages they require. The following table shows the mappings from button name to LaTeX packages. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Button \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Packages Required \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Standard \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none base LaTeX \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Maths \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none amssymb.sty \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Ding1 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none pifont.sty \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Ding2 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none pifont.sty \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Ding3 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none pifont.sty \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family sans \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Ding4 \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none pifont.sty \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX doesn't stop you using bullets from packages you don't have. If you get errors from LaTeX when you try to view or print the file then its likely you are missing a package. LyX doesn't restrict your use since you may be editing locally and exporting elsewhere. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection How to use it \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Select which bullet depth you want to change then select the bullet shape and size. \family sans \family default Any changes will not be visible in LyX, but are visible when viewing the document using xdvi or ghostview. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can reset a bullet shape to the default simply by clicking your right mouse button on the appropriate bullet depth button. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you \emph on really \emph default want to have multiple sets of paragraphs with different sets of bullets in each then you're going to have to get your hands dirty. The itemize bullet selection dialog can help though because it provides you with the LaTeX code for a wide range of bullet shapes. To make your own custom paragraphs you have the following options: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash let \backslash savelabelitemi= \backslash labelitemi \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash renewcommand \backslash labelitemi[0]{ \backslash small \backslash ( \backslash sharp \backslash )} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Use the LaTeX command \family typewriter \backslash renewcommand{}{} \family default to specify a new bullet shape for a given depth. You'll also need to save the current bullet shape so you can restore it again afterwards. In this itemized list the following LaTeX code was used to change the bullet used for the first depth. \newline \family typewriter \backslash let \backslash savelabelitemi= \backslash labelitemi \family default \family typewriter \newline \backslash renewcommand \backslash labelitemi[0]{ \backslash small \backslash ( \backslash sharp \backslash )} \newline \family default Note that the itemize depth is specified in Roman numerals as part of the \family typewriter \backslash labelitem \family default command. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard [ \backslash ( \backslash star \backslash )] \end_layout \end_inset Specify each individual entry by starting each item with the bullet shape enclosed in square brackets and set as TeX. For example, this item was started with \family typewriter [ \backslash ( \backslash star \backslash )] \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash renewcommand \backslash labelitemi[0]{ \backslash savelabelitemi} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You'll also need to revert the labelitem back to its previous setting for the global bullet shape settings to remain in effect. The way used here was: \newline \family typewriter \backslash renewcommand \backslash labelitemi[0]{ \backslash savelabelitemi} \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter Special Document Classes \end_layout \begin_layout Section AMS LaTeX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on David Johnson \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent The AMS LaTeX layouts are set up to conform to suggested styles for mathematical papers to be submitted to American Mathematical Society publications. The layouts are not tailored to a specific journal, but easily can be. You should refer to the AMS documentation for specific instructions for each journal (usually it will entail only changing a single line in the TeX output). That documentation is available on the Web at \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ams.org} \end_inset or by ftp at \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.ams.org/pub/tex/amslatex/} \end_inset .These layouts are appropriate, and useful, for any mathematical writing. There are currently 4 distinct AMS LaTeX layouts: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate amsart: The standard AMS-article format. All results and similar statements are numbered as \begin_inset Formula $(n.m)$ \end_inset , where the first number refers to the section, and the second refers to the total number of results (Theorems, Corollaries, Propositions, Definitions and Remarks, etc.) in that section. There are also many (but not all) environments available unnumbered, which is occasionally needed. Unnumbered environments indicated by an asterisk at the end. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate amsart-seq: Here, numbering for each type of statement is in its own sequence, with no reference to the section number. There are also many (but not all) environments available unnumbered, which is occasionally needed. Unnumbered environments indicated by an asterisk at the end. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate amsart-plain: This one is even more terse, since all the environments are unnumbered. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate amsbook: the standard AMS book (really, monograph) format. Numbering is similar to the amsart layout, except that all numbering is by \begin_inset Formula $(n.m.p)$ \end_inset , where the first number refers to the chapter, the second to the section, and the third is the number of the results (Theorems, Corollaries, Propositions , Definitions and Remarks, etc.) in that section. There are also many (but not all) environments available unnumbered, which is occasionally needed. Unnumbered environments indicated by an asterisk at the end. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Any AMS LyX file can be converted to either of the numbering schemes by simply changing the document class in the \family sans \bar under D \bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under S \bar default ettings \family default dialog. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection What these layouts provide \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There is a long list of included environments provided by these layouts. Most mathematical papers or books will set as special statements most of these environments, in AMS-LaTeX there is an opportunity to define an unlimited variety of such declarations. However, the AMS recommends the environments that are available in LyX. The list of environments (not counting the standard environments such as \family sans sections, bibliography, title, author, date \family default ), is: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Theorem This is typically used for the statements of major results. The word \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Theorem \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset appears in bold type, along with an automatically-determined number (an unnumbered version, \family sans Theorem* \family default , is also available). The text is italicized. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Corollary This is used for statements which follow fairly directly from previous statements. Again, these can be major results. Unnumbered version \family sans Corollary* \family default is available. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Lemma These are smaller results needed to prove other statements. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Proposition These are less major results which (hopefully) add to the general theory being discussed. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Conjecture These are statements provided without justification, which the author does not know how to prove, but which seem to be true (to the author, at least). \end_layout \begin_layout Description Criterion A required condition. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Algorithm A general procedure to be used. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Axiom This is a property or statement taken as true within the system being discussed. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Definition Guess what this is for. The font, both on-screen and in the output, is different for this environment than for the previous ones. The heading ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset definition \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) is still set in boldface, along with the number, if any, but the rest is set upright. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Example Typeset similarly to Definition. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Condition \end_layout \begin_layout Description Problem \end_layout \begin_layout Description Exercise \end_layout \begin_layout Description Remark This environment is also a new type of theorem. This is set with the word Remark in italics, and the rest upright. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Note Set similarly to the Remark environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Notation \end_layout \begin_layout Description Claim \end_layout \begin_layout Description Summary \end_layout \begin_layout Description Acknowledgement \end_layout \begin_layout Description Case Generally, these are used to break up long arguments, using specific instances of some condition. The numbering scheme for cases is on its own, not together with other numbered statements. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Conclusion \end_layout \begin_layout Description Fact \end_layout \begin_layout Description Proof The word \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \shape italic Proof \shape default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is set in italics, but the rest is set upright. At the end of this environment (other environments can be nested within this one, of course) a QED symbol (usually a square, but it can vary with different styles) is placed. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Address This should be the author's permanent address. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Current\InsetSpace ~ Address This should be the author's temporary address at the time of submission, if different from the Address. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Email Author's e-mail address \end_layout \begin_layout Description URL Author's Web address, if desired. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Keywords Key words or phrases used to identify specific topics discussed in the paper. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Subjectclass These refer to the AMS Subject Classifications, published and described in \emph on Mathematical Reviews \emph default . These are also available online at the AMS cites listed above. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Thanks \end_layout \begin_layout Description Dedicatory \end_layout \begin_layout Description Translator \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In addition, these environments automatically provide the AMS LaTeX and AMS fonts packages. They need to be available on your system in order to use these environments. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Dinbrief \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The document class \family sans dinbrief \family default can be used to type letters according to German conventions. A template file is included in \family typewriter .../lyx/share/templates \family default for you to use as a starting point. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Paper \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The document class \family sans paper \family default provides an alternative to the standard \family sans article \family default class. It provides similar functionality, but you might prefer this layout with sans serif sections, headings, and more. \end_layout \begin_layout Section A&A Paper \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Peter Sütterlin \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This section describes how LyX can be used to write articles for submission to the scientific journal \emph on Astronomy and Astrophysics \emph default ( \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[www.edpsciences.fr/aa/]{http://www.edpsciences.fr/aa/} \end_inset ) \emph on \emph default using \emph on \emph default Version 5.01 of the document class \family typewriter aa.cls \family default . This package can be downloaded from the ftp site \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.edpsciences.org/pub/aa/readme.html} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A manual comes together with that package, and this text is not meant to replace the original manual but merely a short guide how to realize the correct form of your paper. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Please note that the publisher of the journal was changed from Springer to EDP Sciences starting January 1, 2001. That change implicated also some slight changes of the style files, namely the removal of the thesaurus command. The LyX class aa supports the newest version of these style files, V 5.01. If you have an older version installed, please upgrade. For compatibility, the old (version 4) layout has been kept as \family sans article (A&A V4) \family default . Please refer to the comments in \family typewriter LyXDir/layouts/aapaper.layout \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Getting started \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It is recommended you start from the example template distributed with LyX. If you are not using a template, note the following settings: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Select \family sans article (A&A) \family default in the \family sans \bar under D \bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under S \bar default ettings \family default dialog (OK, that one was obvious). \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Don't change the option \family sans Page\InsetSpace ~ style \family default : Leave it set to \family sans default \family default . The whole layout is done by the macros, you shouldn't change anything. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection The header block \end_layout \begin_layout Standard First thing to enter is the header information. It consists of seven entries, of which some are optional. They are \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Title \family default : [required] \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Subtitle \family default : [optional] \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Author \family default : [required] \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Address \family default : [required] \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Offprints \family default : [optional] if more than one author: whom to contact for offprint requests. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Mail \family default : [optional] mail address for contacts. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Date \family default : [required]. Suggested format is \family typewriter Received: ; Accepted \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There is no need to issue the \family typewriter \backslash maketitle \family default command, this is done automatically by LyX when the header is finished. Although the order of the single header entries doesn't matter it is advised to keep the above sequence, just to get the best optics and meets the layout of the real document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you want to place footnotes in the header block, e.g. \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \backslash \end_layout \end_inset to state your present address, just use the standard footnote via \family sans \bar under I \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under F \bar default ootnote. \family default LyX will automagically use the term \family typewriter \backslash thanks{} \family default in that case. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In addition to these topics, the macros use three additional LaTeX commands that have no counterpart in LyX: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash and \family default to separate different names for more than one author and institute, respectivel y. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash inst{} \family default to mark corresponding author/institute pairs. The institutes are numbered sequentially as they appear in the \family sans Address \family default field, so you have to put a marker to each author. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash email{address} \family default to supply an email address for fast contact. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In all cases, the appropriate command has to be entered in LyX an marked as LaTeX code. See the examples. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection The abstract \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The abstract should immediately follow the header block. With version 5 the abstract environment was changed to a command, and there is now a resctriction to only one paragraph. In addition, it should contain an entry with the keywords. This is not yet implemented for LyX, therefore you have to enter the LaTeX command \family typewriter \backslash keywords{} \family default by hand and mark it as LaTeX code. Refer to the example paper. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Supported environments \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The A&A paper layout supports the following environments for structuring your text: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Standard \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Section \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Subsection \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Subsubsection \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Itemize \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Enumerate \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Description \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Caption \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Abstract \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Acknowledgment \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Bibliography \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans LaTeX \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Commands not supported by LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Some commands are not yet supported by the \family sans paper (A&A) \family default layout for LyX. Some have already been mentioned. For the sake of completeness, they are listed all together here: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash and \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash email \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash appendix \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash authorrunning \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash inst{} \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash keywords{} \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash object{} \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash titlerunning{} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you want to use any of these commands, you have to enter them yourself. \series bold Do not forget to mark them as LaTeX code! \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Figure and Table Floats \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX provides support for the necessary float environments \family sans figure, figure*, table \family default and \family sans table* \family default , therefore we won't tell much about it here. Refer to the \emph on User's\InsetSpace ~ Guide \emph default . Just remember that tables should be left-aligned. For that, select the table and change the alignment in \family sans \bar under E \bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under P \bar default aragraph\InsetSpace ~ Settings. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There is \family sans \family default only one special thing: the figures with caption besides the figure. To create such a figure, you have to do the following: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Create a wide figure float: \family sans \bar under I \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Flo \bar under a \bar default t\SpecialChar \menuseparator Figure \family default , then right click in the figure and select \family sans \bar under S \bar default pan\InsetSpace ~ columns \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Enter your caption text. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Press \family sans Return \family default to move the cursor above the caption. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Insert your figure \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Position the cursor behind the figure and insert a horizontal fill: \family sans \bar under I \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under S \bar default pecial\InsetSpace ~ Character \bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator H \bar default orizontal\InsetSpace ~ Fill \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Switch to LaTeX mode: \family sans M-c\InsetSpace ~ t \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Enter \family typewriter \backslash parbox[b]{55mm}{ \family default . \series bold Do not close the brace! \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Position the cursor behind the caption text, switch to LaTeX mode and insert the closing brace: \family sans M-c\InsetSpace ~ t \family typewriter } \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Also, refer to the figures in the example paper. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Referee layout \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For submission, the paper has to be formated in a special double-spacing layout. For this purpose, you have to give the option \family typewriter referee \family default to the documentclass. This must be done using the extra class options field in the \family sans \bar under D \bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under S \bar default ettings \family default dialog. Just enter the string \family typewriter referee \family default there. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection The example paper \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Examples \family default directory contains an example paper written with LyX. It is the example paper from the original macro package, translated to LyX. Use it for inspiration, and compare the original LaTeX code with LyX way of writing. \end_layout \begin_layout Section AASTeX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Mike Ressler \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard AASTeX is a set of macros produced by the American Astronomical Society to facilitate electronic manuscript submission to the three journals they publish: the Astrophysical Journal (including the Letters and Supplement), the Astronomical Journal, and the Publications of the Astronomical Society of the Pacific. LyX has proven to be an excellent tool for generating these documents, especially given its equation, citation, and figure handling capabilities. LyX requires version 5.0 (or higher) of these macros; preferably 5.2, which is the version described here, or higher. Versions prior to 5.0 are intended for use with LaTeX2.09 and are fundamentally incompatible with LyX. The AASTeX package may be downloaded from the AASTeX Web site \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.journals.uchicago.edu/AAS/AASTeX} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A complete user guide is contained in that package and you should familiarize yourself with it thoroughly before embarking on writing a paper in LyX. LyX will not reduce the need to figure out all the AASTeX commands, it will only reduce the drudgery of typing everything in. It is your responsibility to ensure that the final exported LaTeX document conforms completely to the requirements of the journal to which you are submitting your paper. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Starting a New Paper \end_layout \begin_layout Standard I strongly suggest that you start with the AASTeX template file. Click on \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator New from \bar under T \bar default emplate \family default , enter the new file name, then choose the \family typewriter aastex.lyx \family default template. This will show the most common fields found in a manuscript. Simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets, \family typewriter <> \family default ) with the correct information. Many of the AASTeX commands and environments can be implemented directly in LyX, but some cannot: most noticeably \family typewriter \backslash altaffilmark \family default and \family typewriter \backslash altaffiltext \family default , which should stick out like a sore thumb if you actually just opened the template file. For commands such as these, the LaTeX code must be entered directly and marked as such. Such commands are referred to as ERT, or Evil Red Text. I tried to minimize the amount of ERT needed in an AASTeX document, but there is still a bit more required than any of us would like. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Finishing Your Paper \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When the paper is finished to your satisfaction and previews/prints correctly, there are a few \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset postprocessing \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset actions which need to be done before you submit it to the journals. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Export your paper as a LaTeX file ( \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under E \bar default xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under L \bar default aTeX \family default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Edit the resulting \family typewriter .tex \family default file with your favorite text editor \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate remove the comment lines before the \family typewriter \backslash documentclass \family default command \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate remove the \family typewriter \backslash usepackage...{fontenc} \family default line if it appears (usually just after \family typewriter \backslash documentclass \family default }; also remove the \family typewriter \backslash secnumdepth \family default line if it appears. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate remove everything between (and including) the \family typewriter \backslash makeatletter \family default and \family typewriter \backslash makeatother \family default commands, except for any commands you specifically put into the LaTeX preamble (which should appear immediately after the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset User specified LaTeX commands \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset comment in the \family typewriter .tex \family default file). \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Run the resulting file through LaTeX to make sure it still processes correctly. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Reread the journal requirements to make sure your filenames and formats are correct. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Submit it. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Comments On Specific Commands \end_layout \begin_layout Standard I will not describe the detailed usage of the individual AASTeX commands: the AASTeX User Guide ( \family typewriter aasguide.tex \family default ) gives a good description of each. Thus it's probably easiest for me to go down the list as found in the guide and offer comments where necessary. So let's begin \SpecialChar \ldots{} \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Things that work as expected \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash begin{sloppypar} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Because they work as you might expect, I simply list them and the section they are found in: \family typewriter \backslash documentclass \family default (2.1.1), \family typewriter \backslash begin{document} \family default (2.2), \family typewriter \backslash title \family default (2.3), \family typewriter \backslash author \family default (2.3), \family typewriter \backslash affil \family default (2.3), \family typewriter \backslash abstract \family default (2.4), \family typewriter \backslash keywords \family default (2.5), \family typewriter \backslash section \family default (2.7), \family typewriter \backslash subsection \family default (2.7), \family typewriter \backslash subsubsection \family default (2.7), \family typewriter \backslash paragraph \family default (2.7), \family typewriter \backslash facility \family default (2.10), \family typewriter \backslash begin{displaymath} \family default (2.12), \family typewriter \backslash begin{equation} \family default (2.12), \family typewriter \backslash begin{eqnarray} \family default (2.12), \family typewriter \backslash begin{mathletters} \family default (2.12), \family typewriter \backslash begin{thebibliography} \family default (2.13.1), \family typewriter \backslash bibitem \family default (2.13.2), all the cite commands and their variations (2.13.2), the generic graphicx figure commands (2.14.1), \family typewriter \backslash begin{table} \family default (2.15.4), \family typewriter \backslash begin{tabular} \family default (2.15.4), \family typewriter \backslash caption \family default (2.15.4), \family typewriter \backslash label \family default (2.15.4, amongst other places), \family typewriter \backslash tablerefs \family default (2.15.5), \family typewriter \backslash tablecomments \family default (2.15.5), \family typewriter \backslash url \family default (2.17.4), \family typewriter \backslash end{document} \family default (2.18). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The following style options also work correctly: \family typewriter longabstract \family default (2.4), \family typewriter preprint \family default (3.2.1), \family typewriter preprint2 \family default (3.2.2), \family typewriter eqsecnum \family default (3.3), \family typewriter flushrt \family default (3.4). Simply put them in the \family sans Options \family default box in \family sans Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash end{sloppypar} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Things that work, but require more comment \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The following items work, but require a little more discussion: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize These items are reserved for use by the journal editors, but you can put them into the LaTeX preamble if you feel compelled to do so: \family typewriter \backslash received \family default , \family typewriter \backslash revised \family default , \family typewriter \backslash accepted \family default , \family typewriter \backslash ccc \family default , \family typewriter \backslash cpright \family default (all from 2.1.3) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize These items may be placed in the LaTeX preamble, and are included as blanks in the template file: \family typewriter \backslash slugcomment \family default (2.1.4), \family typewriter \backslash shorttitle \family default (2.1.5), \family typewriter \backslash shortauthors \family default (2.1.5) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash email \family default (2.3) -- can only be used \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset standalone \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , not in the middle of a paragraph. Use ERT if you need to embed it. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash and \family default (2.3) -- will have extra {} after it. This should not cause an error. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash notetoeditor \family default (2.6) -- can only be used \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset standalone \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , not in the middle of a paragraph. Use ERT if you need to embed it. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash placetable \family default (2.8) -- can't insert a cross-reference tag, you must type the tag name by hand \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash placefigure \family default (2.8) -- same as for \family typewriter \backslash placetable \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash acknowledgements \family default (2.9) -- will have extra {} after it. This should not cause an error. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash appendix \family default (2.11) -- will have extra {} after it. This should not cause an error. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash figcaption \family default (2.14.2) -- you can insert an optional filename argument by placing the cursor at the beginning of the text and selecting \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Short Title \family default . \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Short Title \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset inserts an optional argument of the type needed by \family typewriter \backslash figcaption \family default . Hopefully it will be renamed someday. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash objectname \family default (2.17.1) -- same as \family typewriter \backslash figcaption \family default for the catalog ID optional parameter \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash dataset \family default (2.17.1) -- same as \family typewriter \backslash figcaption \family default for the catalog ID optional parameter \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Things not implemented, use ERT \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash begin{sloppypar} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash altaffilmark \family default (2.3), \family typewriter \backslash altaffiltext \family default (2.3), \family typewriter \backslash eqnum \family default (2.12), \family typewriter \backslash setcounter{equation} \family default (2.12), Journal name abbreviations (2.13.4), \family typewriter \backslash figurenum \family default (2.14.1), \family typewriter \backslash epsscale \family default (2.14.1), \family typewriter \backslash plotone \family default (2.14.1), \family typewriter \backslash plottwo \family default (2.14.1), \family typewriter \backslash tablenum \family default (2.15.4), \family typewriter \backslash tableline \family default (2.15.4, insert it as the first element in the lefthand cell after where you want it. Don't use any of LyX's rules in the table), \family typewriter \backslash tablenotemark \family default (2.15.5), \family typewriter \backslash tablenotetext \family default (2.15.5), much of Misc (2.17, except \family typewriter \backslash objectname \family default , \family typewriter \backslash dataset \family default , \family typewriter \backslash url \family default , and \family typewriter \backslash email \family default ; see above), \family typewriter \backslash singlespace \family default (3.1), \family typewriter \backslash doublespace \family default (3.1), \family typewriter \backslash onecolumn \family default (3.2), \family typewriter \backslash twocolumn \family default (3.2) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash end{sloppypar} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Things that cannot be implemented \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} at least in any meaningful sort of way, so I suggest ignoring them. They are the references environment (2.13.3), and the deluxetable environment (2.15). If you really, really need to use deluxetable, I suggest editing it in a separate file with a text editor, then using \family sans \bar under I \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Chil \bar under d \bar default \InsetSpace ~ Document \family default to include it in your LyX document. See the \family typewriter aas_sample.lyx \family default file to see an example of this. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection FAQs, Tips, Tricks, and Other Ruminations \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Getting LyX and AASTeX to cooperate \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It can be a bit tricky to get LyX to recognize a new layout and document class. When all else fails, do this: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Make certain that LaTeX can find AASTeX. Copy sample.tex (and perhaps table.tex) from the AASTeX distribution into a directory completely unrelated to LaTeX or AASTeX and run LaTeX on \family typewriter sample.tex \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Make certain that \family typewriter aastex.layout \family default appears in \family typewriter /usr/.../share/lyx/layouts \family default or \family typewriter ~/.lyx/layouts \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Rerun \family sans \bar under T \bar default ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under R \bar default econfigure \family default in LyX, then restart LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Open a regular new file, not from a template. Does AASTeX appear in the class list in \family sans \bar under D \bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under S \bar default ettings \family default ? \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you get a warning from an existing AASTeX document about not being able to find the AASTeX layout or a message about \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset You should not mix title layouts with normal ones \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , things haven't been installed correctly. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection LaTeX error processing a table \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX, by default, attempts to center the table caption/title. This seems to produce a bad interaction in AASTeX so you should click somewhere in the caption/title, then select \family sans \bar under E \bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under P \bar default aragraph\InsetSpace ~ Settings \family default , then set the \family sans Alignment \family default to \family sans \bar under B \bar default lock \family default . This took care of it for me. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection References \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cite} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A couple of things: 1) I have noticed some funny spacing in the reference entries in the text. When you enter the bibliography item data, make sure their is \emph on no \emph default space between the last author and the parenthesis setting off the year; \emph on e.g. \emph default type \family typewriter Ressler(1992) \family default , not \family typewriter Ressler (1992) \family default . 2) Entering the references at all is not obvious. The easiest thing is to start typing your first reference at the end of the document, then mark it as type \family sans References \family default . That will put a small gray box in front of what you just typed. Click on the box to fill in the rest of the information. For new references, go to the end of an existing reference and press return. That will create a new line with its own box, etc. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Including EPS files \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Even though AASTeX provides its own figure commands ( \family typewriter \backslash plotone \family default , for example), I much prefer LaTeX's standard figure commands (with the default graphicx). You can insert the \family typewriter \backslash plotone \family default , etc.\InsetSpace ~ commands as ERT into a Figure Float box if you desire, but I never have much luck getting the layout right. With the standard graphics, LyX will insert a \family typewriter \backslash usepackage{graphicx} \family default command into the LaTeX preamble and handle the figures in the standard LaTeX2e way, interspersing the figures in the text. I believe ApJ accepts figures exactly this way now; AJ might still use the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset stack everything at the end \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset technique. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Things I could have done, but didn't \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are a few \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset pretty \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset things I could have implemented, but chose not to. For instance, I saw no point in double-spacing the text in the LyX window, even though it is double-spaced in the paper manuscript. Also, I chose not to make separate layouts for the preprint and preprint2 styles. Since I assume you will spend most of your time in the plain manuscript mode anyway, I decided not to chew up more disk space with this. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Final Caveat \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Your mileage may vary. I've now had papers published by both ApJ and AJ that have had 98% of the effort done in LyX; the last 2% was the LaTeX post-processing and a few cleanups. I have had no trouble with the submission process, and I'm sure the journals were never aware that there might be a difference. So, go forth and publish! \end_layout \begin_layout Section qijmpc and ijmpd \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Panayotis Papasotiriou \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Overview \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The ijmpc package is a set of macros that facilitates electronic manuscript submission to the \emph on International Journal of Modern Physics C \emph default . Similarly, the ijmpd package is for creating manuscripts to be submitted to the \emph on International Journal of Modern Physics D \emph default . Both journals are published by World Scientific. The corresponding document classes are named \family typewriter ws-ijmpc.cls \family default and \family typewriter ws-ijmpd.cls \family default , respectively. These files, together with instructions for the authors, can be downloaded from the sites \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpc/mkt/guidelines.shtml} \end_inset and \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.worldscinet.com/ijmpd/mkt/guidelines.shtml} \end_inset . Both packages are modified versions of the standard \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset article \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset package, and they are almost (but not exactly) identical. Most of their features are supported by LyX. I have used LyX successfully to write articles submitted to both journals without any problem. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Writing a paper \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As usual, the easiest way to write a paper is to start with a template. Click on \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator New from \bar under T \bar default emplate \family default , then choose the \family typewriter ijmpc.lyx \family default or \family typewriter ijmpd.lyx \family default template. This will give an (almost) empty document that includes the most common fields found in a manuscript. Simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets, \family typewriter <> \family default ) with your text. You should keep in mind the following remarks. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate LyX won't let you change the font size and the page style of the document, because such modifications are not allowed by both packages. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate The language of the document should not be changed. Before previewing your paper, be sure that the babel package is not used. To do this, click on \family sans \bar under T \bar default ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under P \bar default references \family default , select the \family sans Lang Opts \family default tab, deselect the \family sans \bar under U \bar default se babel \family default checkbox in the language settings, and click on \family sans \bar under A \bar default pply \family default (or \family sans Save \family default , if you wish to make this change permanent). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate The \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Keywords \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset style must be used to define keywords. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate The ijmpc package provides a style named \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Classification Codes \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , which can be used to define classification codes, such as PACS numbers. Note that this facility is not supported by the ijmpd package. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Several new environments are available: \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Definition \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Step \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Example \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Remark \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Notation \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Theorem \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Proof \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Corollary \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Lemma \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Proposition \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Prop \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Question \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Claim \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Conjecture \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . Their use is more or less obvious. LyX supports all these environments; it will use the proper label, text style, and numbering scheme for each of them. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Both packages use basic citations; the natbib package should not be used. In LyX, citation references are shown as usual; in the output, citations are shown as superscripts. If you want to use a citation as normal text, you should use the \family typewriter refcite \family default command, e.g., \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset See Ref.\InsetSpace ~ \family typewriter \backslash refcite{key} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate There is no \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Acknowledgments \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset section in both packages. To put acknowledgments, just use the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Section* \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Appendices may be added to the paper, \emph on after \emph default the Acknowledgments and \shape italic before \shape default the References. LyX provides a special environment, called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Appendices Section \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset which marks the beginning of the appendices. This environment should be left blank; it just sends a LaTeX command, but nothing is really printed. In LyX, the word \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Appendix \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is printed with blue letters, as a signal that all sections after that point are appendices. To write an appendix, use the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Appendix \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset environment. LyX will number each appendix with capital letters, as required by both journals. Note that \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Appendices Section \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \emph on must \emph default be present before the first appendix; if not, all appendices will be numbered as normal sections in the output. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate The ijmpc and the ijmpd packages use the \family typewriter tbl \family default command to implement table captions. As a result, a table created by LyX is printed correctly, but its caption is ignored. However, you can use some ERT to overpass this problem, so that captions are printed as expected. To do so, create a float table as usual, remove the caption, and replace it with the ERT \family typewriter \backslash tbl{ \emph on your table caption \emph default }{ \family default (sic); you must also the ERT \family typewriter } \family default immediately after the tabular material. Study the example table included in the template files to see how this trick is implemented. Alternatively, If you need table captions, you should implement the whole table float in a \family typewriter .tex \family default file, then include this file to the LyX document ( \family sans \bar under I \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Fil \bar under e \bar default \SpecialChar \menuseparator Chil \bar under d \bar default \InsetSpace ~ Document \family default ). Details on how to create a table float can be found in the files \family typewriter ws-ijmpc.tex \family default and \family typewriter ws-ijmpd.tex \family default , included in the corresponding packages. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Preparing a paper for submission \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Before you submit your paper you must export the LyX document as a LaTeX file ( \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under E \bar default xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under L \bar default ateX \family default ), then make the following changes to the resulting \family typewriter .tex \family default file. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Remove the comment lines before the \family typewriter \backslash documentclass \family default command. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Remove everything between (and including) the \family typewriter \backslash makeatletter \family default and \family typewriter \backslash makeatother \family default commands, except for any commands you specifically put into the LaTeX preamble. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The modified \family typewriter .tex \family default file should be saved and processed through LaTeX as many times as necessary. You may also want to check the resulting \family typewriter .dvi \family default document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Use of ERT \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The use of ERT is reduced to two commands, which must be placed at the top of the document. If you started writing your paper by using the \family typewriter ijmpc.lyx \family default or the \family typewriter ijmpd.lyx \family default template, the ERT needed is already in its place; you usually don't need to delete it. You may only modify the first ERT to specify the information printed to the top of odd and even pages (authors' names and short paper's title, respectively). This ERT must have the form \family typewriter \backslash markboth{Authors' Names}{Short Paper's Title} \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Section Kluwer \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Panayotis Papasotiriou \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Overview \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The Kluwer package is a set of macros produced by Kluwer Academic Publishers that facilitates electronic manuscript submission to the journals they publish. Most known of them (at least in my domain of interest) are \emph on Astrophysics and Space Science \emph default and \emph on Solar Physics \emph default , but there are many others (see a complete list at \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/jrnllist.htm/JRNLHOME} \end_inset ). The Kluwer package may be downloaded from the site \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.wkap.nl/kaphtml.htm/STYLEFILES} \end_inset . A complete user guide is contained in that package (but it can also be downloaded separately). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX supports many features of the package but not everything. However, the ERT needed is reduced to some \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset peculiar \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset commands of the package (see\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{subsec:kluwer_peculiarities} \end_inset ). I have recently used LyX to write an article submitted to the \emph on Astrophysics and Space Science \emph default without any problem. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Writing a paper \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The easiest way to write a paper is to start with the Kluwer template file. Click on \family sans File\SpecialChar \menuseparator New from \bar under T \bar default emplate \family default , then choose the \family typewriter kluwer.lyx \family default template. This will give an (almost) empty document that includes the most common fields found in a manuscript and a short description of their use. As in most templates, simply overwrite the existing text (including the brackets, \family typewriter <> \family default ) with the correct information. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Preparing a paper for submission \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As in the AASTeX package, before you submit your paper to a journal you must \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset postprocess \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset it as follows. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Export your paper as a LaTeX file. To do this, click on \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under E \bar default xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under L \bar default ateX \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Edit the resulting \family typewriter .tex \family default file with a text editor and make the following changes \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate remove the comment lines before the \family typewriter \backslash documentclass \family default command, \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate remove everything between (and including) the \family typewriter \backslash makeatletter \family default and \family typewriter \backslash makeatother \family default commands, except for any commands you specifically put into the LaTeX preamble. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Save the resulting \family typewriter .tex \family default file. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Run the \family typewriter .tex \family default file through LaTeX as many times as necessary (usually up to three). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate View the resulting \family typewriter .dvi \family default document using, e.g., \family sans xdvi \family default , and check if everything is ok (it should, if you didn't make any mistake). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Peculiarities \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of the Kluwer package \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{subsec:kluwer_peculiarities} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The Kluwer package has the following \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset peculiarities \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate It is possible to write multiple articles in the same LaTeX file \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard I can't imagine any good reason to do this. \end_layout \end_inset . Each article must be included in the environment \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset article \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . Unfortunately, this environment cannot be omitted, even if you write just one article. Therefore, each article starts with the command \family typewriter \backslash begin{article} \family default and, obviously, ends with the command \family typewriter \backslash end{article} \family default . Although this can be implemented in LyX, I didn't included it, since it looks ugly and can confuse the novice user. Therefore, you need to enter them directly and mark them as LaTeX code (the well-known \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ERT \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Information given at the beginning of the article (i.e., title, subtitle, author, institution, running title, running author, abstract and keywords) must be included in an environment called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset opening \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . This is not implemented in LyX, so you must enter title, subtitle etc. between two ERT lines ( \family typewriter \backslash begin{opening} \family default and \family typewriter \backslash end{opening} \family default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate According to the user manual, the label of each bibliography item must be written as \family typewriter \backslash protect \backslash citeauthoryear{ \family default \emph on author(s) \family typewriter \emph default }{ \family default \emph on year \family typewriter \emph default } \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family typewriter kluwer.lyx \family default template takes care of all these \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset peculiarities \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . If you start a new paper using this template you don't need to do anything special. Just \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate don't delete the ERT included in the template, and \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate copy the example bibliography item included in the template and modify it as necessary to enter new bibliography items. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Koma-Script \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Bernd Rellermeyer \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Overview \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The LyX document classes \emph on article (koma-script) \emph default , \emph on report (koma-script) \emph default , \emph on book \emph default \emph on (koma-script) \emph default , and \emph on letter \emph default \emph on (koma-script) \emph default correspond to the LaTeX document classes \family typewriter scrartcl.cls \family default , \family typewriter scrreprt.cls \family default , \family typewriter scrbook.cls \family default , and \family typewriter scrlettr.cls \family default , resp. of the Koma-Script family. They are replacements for the standard document classes \family typewriter article.cls \family default , \family typewriter report.cls \family default , \family typewriter book.cls \family default and \family typewriter letter.cls \family default , resp., and fit better to European typography conventions in a number of points. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Standard character size is 11pt in \emph on article (koma-script) \emph default , \emph on report (koma-script) \emph default , and \emph on book (koma-script) \emph default , and 12pt in \emph on letter (koma-script) \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Headings, labels of the description environment, and a number of elements of the \emph on letter (koma-script) \emph default document class are set in a bold sans serif font. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard There is a big difference between the bold sans serif old cm fonts and new ec fonts, especially in the appearance of headings. In comparison, the ec bold sans serif fonts look a bit thin. Here the LaTeX package \family typewriter cmsd.sty by \family default \shape smallcaps Walter Schmidt \shape default helps to produce the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset usual \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset appearance when using the ec fonts. \end_layout \end_inset The numbering of chapter headings is made in the same way as the numbering of section headings, that is without the extra line \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Chapter\SpecialChar \ldots{} \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . In addition, the appearance of the headings can be modified by using a number of options (in LyX to be entered in the field \family sans E \bar under x \bar default tra\InsetSpace ~ Options \family default of the dialog \family sans \bar under L \bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under D \bar default ocument \family default ). A detailed German description of these options can be found in the Koma-Script documentation \emph on scrguide \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The main means in the Koma-Script document classes to design the type area are the options \family sans BCOR \family default and \family sans DIV \family default (in LyX to be entered in the extra class options field in the dialog \family sans \bar under D \bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under S \bar default ettings \family default ). They make a clearer modification of page margins possible as do the options of the dialog \family sans \bar under D \bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under S \bar default ettings \family default . A detailed German description of these and other type area options can be found in the Koma-Script documentation \emph on scrguide \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The LaTeX document classes of the Koma-Script family define a number of additional commands. Those part of it which makes sense in LyX is implemented in corresponding paragraph types. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A detailed German description of the LaTeX document classes of the Koma-Script family can be found in the Koma-Script documentation \emph on scrguide \emph default . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard There is an English translation \emph on screnggu \emph default , but it is not a complete one. \end_layout \end_inset The following sections describe only those aspects, which are relevant in LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection article (koma-script), report (koma-script), and book (koma-script) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The document classes \emph on article (koma-script) \emph default , \emph on report (koma-script) \emph default , and \emph on book \emph default \emph on (koma-script) \emph default are implemented in the layout files \family typewriter scrartcl.layout \family default , \family typewriter scrreprt.layout \family default , and \family typewriter scrbook.layout \family default , resp. They contain all the paragraph types of the corresponding standard document classes \emph on article \emph default , \emph on report \emph default , and \emph on book \emph default , resp., partly modified, with the exception of the LyX specific \family sans List \family default -type, which is replaced by the new \family sans Labeling \family default -type having the same functionality. Beside the \family sans Labeling \family default -Type there is a number of new paragraph types added. They are \emph on not \emph default part of \emph on letter (koma-script) \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Addpart, Addchap \family default , \family sans Addsec \family default : are equivalents to \family sans Part*, Chapter* \family default and \family sans Section* \family default , resp., additionally inserting an entry in the table of contents. \family sans Addpart \family default and \family sans Addchap \family default are not contained in \emph on article (koma-script) \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Addchap* \family default , \family sans Addsec* \family default : behave exactly as \family sans Addchap \family default and \family sans Addsec \family default , resp., additionally clearing running heads. \family sans Addchap* \family default is not contained in \emph on article (koma-script) \emph default . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard There is also an \family typewriter \backslash addpart* \family default command in \emph on book (koma-script) \emph default and in \emph on report (koma-script) \emph default , but since this is identical to \family sans Part* \family default , is has not been implemented in LyX. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Minisec \family default : generates a heading directly above the following paragraph in the standard character size without affecting the structure of the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Captionabove \family default and \family sans Captionbelow \family default are special captions which respect the different space settings needed for captions placed above or below an element (if you follow strict typographic rules, you might want to place table captions always above the table). You can also use the class option \family typewriter tablecaptionsabove \family default , which will switch \family sans caption \family default to \family sans captionabove \family default for tables and \family sans captionbelow \family default for figures. You need at least Koma-Script version 2.8q to use this. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Dictum \family default : can be used to set a bonmot, e. \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \backslash , \end_layout \end_inset g. \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \backslash \end_layout \end_inset at the beginning of a chapter. If you use the optional argument ( \family sans \bar under I \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Short\InsetSpace ~ Title \family default ), you can insert the dictum's author there. Dictum and author are separated by a line. You need at least Koma-Script version 2.8q to use this. \family sans Dictum \family default is not contained in \emph on article (koma-script) \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The following types, together with the standard types \family sans Title \family default , \family sans Author \family default , and \family sans Date \family default , form the title area of the document. They must be entered ahead of the first \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ordinary \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset paragraph. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard The corresponding LaTeX commands must appear before the \family typewriter \backslash maketitle \family default command. \end_layout \end_inset When such a type is used more than once, the latter usage overwrites the former one, that means, for every type only the latest usage is valid. The order of the different types however has, like \family sans Title \family default , \family sans Author \family default , and \family sans Date \family default , no effect on the appearance of the produced document. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Subject \family default : produces a centered paragraph above the ordinary title ( \family sans Title \family default , \family sans Author \family default , \family sans Date \family default ) for the subject of the document. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Publishers \family default : produces a centered paragraph below the ordinary title ( \family sans Title \family default , \family sans Author \family default , \family sans Date \family default ) for the publishers' name. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Dedication \family default : in \emph on report (koma-script) \emph default and \emph on book (koma-script) \emph default produces a centered paragraph on its own page behind the title page, or in \emph on article (koma-script) \emph default produces a centered paragraph below the ordinary title ( \family sans Title \family default , \family sans Author \family default , \family sans Date \family default , \family sans Publishers \family default ) for a dedication. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Titlehead \family default : produces a left aligned paragraph above the ordinary title ( \family sans Title \family default , \family sans Author \family default , \family sans Date \family default , \family sans Subject \family default ) for a document`s head. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Uppertitleback \family default : produces in a double-sided print in \emph on report (koma-script) \emph default and \emph on book (koma-script) \emph default a left-aligned paragraph at the top of the title page`s back or has no effect in a single-sided print or in \emph on article (koma-script) \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Lowertitleback \family default : produces in a double-sided print in \emph on report (koma-script) \emph default and \emph on book (koma-script) \emph default a left-aligned paragraph at the bottom of the title page`s back or has no effect in a single-sided print or in \emph on article (koma-script) \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Extratitle \family default : produces a special \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset dirty \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset page ahead of the actual document containing a paragraph without special formatting. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The layout files for the document classes \emph on article (koma-script) \emph default , \emph on report (koma-script) \emph default , and \emph on book (koma-script) \emph default do include the file \family typewriter scrmacros.inc \family default . This is thought of as a place to define your own types. Copy s \family typewriter crmacros.inc \family default in your personal layout directory and edit the file! \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection letter (koma-script) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash begin{sloppypar} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent The document class \emph on letter (koma-script) \emph default is implemented in the layout file \family typewriter scrlettr.layout \family default . It contains all the paragraph types of the corresponding standard document class \emph on letter \emph default , partly modified, with the exception of the LyX specific types \family sans LyX-Code \family default and \family sans Comment \family default and the \family sans List \family default type, which is replaced by the new \family sans Labeling \family default type. In addition, it contains, in contrast to the standard document class, the standard types \family sans LaTeX \family default , \family sans Quotation \family default , \family sans Quote \family default , and \family sans Verse \family default . Furthermore, there are a number of new letter specific types. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash end{sloppypar} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The appearance of the letter produced by this document class can be controlled by a number of LaTeX commands, which you can put in the LaTeX preamble. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard For example, the standard appearance of the letter`s heading, consisting of name and address, is quite self-willed. An \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ordinary \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset heading is produced by the following LaTeX commands in the preamble: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash firsthead{ \backslash parbox[b]{ \backslash textwidth} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code { \backslash ignorespaces \backslash fromname \backslash \backslash \backslash ignorespaces \backslash fromaddress}} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash nexthead{ \backslash parbox[b]{ \backslash textwidth} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code { \backslash ignorespaces \backslash fromname \backslash hfill \backslash ignorespaces \backslash pagename \backslash \backslash thepage}} \end_layout \end_inset A detailed German description of such LaTeX commands can be found in the Koma-Script documentation \emph on scrguide \emph default . With it, the letter's author can produce his personal letter layout. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The types \family sans Letter \family default and \family sans Opening \family default define the beginning of the letter and must be used in every letter. To emphasize them in the LyX document class, they are marked with the letter \shape italic L \shape default or \shape italic O \shape default , resp. in the left margin. It is possible to write any number of letters in one file. An \family sans Opening \family default type produces a new letter using the same addressee and a \family sans Letter \family default type produces a new addressee. The types \family sans Closing \family default , \family sans PS \family default , \family sans CC \family default , and \family sans Encl \family default are ordinary paragraph types and can also be used several times in one and the same letter. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Letter \family default : produces a paragraph for the addressee and implicitly defines the beginning of the letter. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Opening \family default : produces a paragraph for the form of address and implicitly produces a new letter. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Closing \family default : produces a paragraph for a close. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans PS \family default : produces a paragraph for a postscript. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans CC \family default : produces a paragraph for a distribution list. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Encl \family default : produces a paragraph for enclosures. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The types \family sans Name \family default , \family sans Signature \family default , \family sans Address \family default , \family sans Telephone \family default , \family sans Place \family default , \family sans Backaddress \family default , \family sans Specialmail \family default , \family sans Location \family default , \family sans Title \family default , and \family sans Subject \family default are input types provided with a label to enter information, which will be processed by the document class. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard It could be seen as a matter of inconsequence, that the types \family sans Letter \family default and \family sans Opening \family default described above are not such input types as well. Because of the special meaning of those types, however, I have implemented them as ordinary paragraph types with a one letter mark in the left margin. Moreover, it would affect my feeling of symmetry, if the \family sans Opening \family default type and the \family sans Closing \family default type had such a serious different appearance. \end_layout \end_inset The types must be used ahead of the corresponding \family sans Opening \family default type. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard An implementation of these types in a WYSIWYG fashion does not seem to make sense, because the real appearance of the produced letter does not only depend on the usage of the particular type, but also on other factors. For example, a signature entered in the \family sans Signature \family default type will in the standard behavior appear in the produced letter only, when in the same letter also a \family sans Closing \family default type is used. The entered value of the \family sans Telephone \family default type will in the standard behavior not appear in the produced letter at all. The possibility to design the letter`s heading freely is already indicated in a footnote above. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The input types can also be used as empty paragraphs. This makes sense e.\InsetSpace ~ g. for the \family sans Signature \family default type. If the \family sans Signature \family default type is not used at all, in the standard behavior the value of the \family sans Name \family default type is used as signature, whereas if an empty \family sans Signature \family default type is used, no signature value is defined. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard By using the input types it is possible to write a letter template, containing filled input types with your personal dates (name, address, etc.) and empty input types for other dates you want to enter. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Name \family default : sender's name, in the standard behavior appears as a centered paragraph in small caps in the letter`s heading. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Signature \family default : sender's signature, in the standard behavior appears below the \family sans Closing \family default type. If no \family sans Signature \family default type is used, the value of the \family sans Name \family default type appears instead. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Address \family default : sender's address, in the standard behavior appears in a centered paragraph in the letter`s heading below the sender's name. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Telephone \family default : sender's telephone number, in the standard behavior only sets the LaTeX variable \family typewriter \backslash telephonenum \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Place \family default : place of the letter`s making. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Date \family default : date of the letter`s making. \family sans Place \family default and \family sans Date \family default , in the standard behavior, produce the place and the date in a right-aligned line below the addressee's field. If an empty \family sans Date \family default type is used, neither place nor date appear, independent of the value of the \family sans Place \family default type. If no \family sans Date \family default type is used, the date of the letter `s production is used. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Backaddress \family default : sender`s back address, in the standard behavior appears above the addressee's field in a small sans serif font. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Specialmail \family default : special mail information, in the standard behavior appears underlined above the addressee's field below the back address. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Location \family default : additional information, in the standard behavior appears on right side below the addressee`s field. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Title \family default : the letter's title, in the standard behavior appears in a big, bold, sans serif font above the subject. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Subject \family default : the letter's subject, in the standard behavior appears in a bold font above the \family sans Opening \family default paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The types \family sans Yourref \family default , \family sans Yourmail \family default , \family sans Myref \family default , \family sans Customer \family default , and \family sans Invoice \family default produce a business letter like line above the \family sans Title \family default line containing the fields \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Your ref. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Your letter of \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Our ref. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Customer no. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Invoice no. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Date \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . For the date field, the value of the \family sans Date \family default type is used. If one of these \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset business letter types \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is used, the value of the \family sans Place \family default type however does not appear, but only the LaTeX variable \family typewriter \backslash fromplace \family default is set. The ordinary output of place and date in a right-aligned line below the addressee`s field is suppressed. The types are implemented as input types provided with a label and must be used ahead of the corresponding \family sans Opening \family default type. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Yourref \family default : Your ref. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Yourmail \family default : Your letter of. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Myref \family default : Our ref. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Customer \family default : Customer no. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Invoice \family default : Invoice no. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection The new letter class: letter (koma-script v.2) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Jürgen Spitzmüller \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace medskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent Koma-Script version 2.8 has introduced a new letter class \family typewriter scrlttr2 \family default which superceeds the now unsupported \family typewriter scrlettr \family default . It has --- on the LaTeX side --- a completely new interface and is not compatible with the old class. Therefore, LyX supports both, though it is recommended to use the new class. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This class covers the same functionality as \emph on letter (koma-script), \emph default and a few more. The basic items are \family sans Address \family default (receiver's address, same as \family sans Letter \family default in the old layout), \family sans Opening \family default , and \family sans Closing \family default . \family sans NextAddress \family default will start a new letter (i. \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \backslash , \end_layout \end_inset e. \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \backslash \end_layout \end_inset you can write several letters per document). New elements are sender's \family sans E-Mail \family default , \family sans URL \family default , \family sans Fax \family default , \family sans Bank \family default and the possibility to use a \family sans Logo \family default (via \family sans \bar under I \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under G \bar default raphics \family default ) in the header. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The biggest improvement is, though, that the letter's layout is configurable at almost any needs. This can be done via the preamble or with a special style file (Letter Class Option, extension \family typewriter *.lco \family default ), that will be read in as a class option. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard The KOMA package comes with some default \family typewriter *.lco \family default files. There is, for instance, a \family typewriter DIN.lco \family default file that follows german typesetting rules, or a \family typewriter KOMAold.lco \family default that provides the default layout of the old \family typewriter scrlettr \family default class. The latter can be loaded with the class option \family typewriter KOMAold \family default , inserted via the \family sans \bar under L \bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under D \bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator Extra Options \family default field. \end_layout \end_inset Have a look at the \emph on koma-letter2 \emph default template that is included in LyX for examples. A detailed description is to be found in the Koma-Script documentation ( \emph on scrguide \emph default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Problems \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Visualizing the Koma-Script document classes in LyX, the LyX internals cause some problems. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The chapter number of a \family sans Chapter \family default type appears on a line of its own above the chapter heading instead of appearing in the same line ahead of it. The cause for that is the LyX internal behavior for the labeltype \family sans Counter_Chapter \family default in the layout file. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The headings of the types \family sans Addchap \family default and \family sans Addsec \family default are only put in the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset true \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset LaTeX table of contents, but not in the LyX table of contents ( \family sans \bar under D \bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under T \bar default able\InsetSpace ~ of\InsetSpace ~ Contents \family default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The paragraphs in a \emph on letter \emph default document class appear in a skip separation mode, not indented. This is the standard behavior, no special LaTeX commands are needed for that. But in the \family sans \bar under D \bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under S \bar default ettings \family default dialog the corresponding radio button indicates \family sans \bar under I \bar default ndent \family default . A \family sans S \bar under k \bar default ip \family default value always has the effect that extra LaTeX commands are inserted in the document to produce the gap, which is not what is wanted in this case. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Springer Journals ( \family sans svjour \family default ) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Martin Vermeer \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Description \end_layout \begin_layout Standard These are the layout files for some of the journal formats used by Springer Verlag and listed on \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.springer.de/author/tex/help-journals.html} \end_inset , where you should also go to fetch the class files (yes, these are LaTeX2e now!). It is a modular system: the things common to all journals are implemented in \family typewriter svjour.inc \family default , which journal-specific layout files (such as, e.g., \family typewriter svjog.layout \family default for Journal of Geodesy) can include. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This means that implementing support for any other Springer journal on this list is as simple as writing your own \family typewriter sv \family default \family typewriter .layout \family default file following the outline given in \family typewriter svjog.layout \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It is reasonably well tested only for the Journal of Geodesy. \family typewriter svjour \family default and \family typewriter svjog \family default come with the standard LyX distribution. Install the relevant class file (downloaded from Springer) in a proper directory, reconfigure LaTeX (in the teTeX case by running \family typewriter texhash \family default , as root if necessary --- doesn't LyX take care of this?), reconfigure LyX and it should work. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection New styles \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A large number of theorem-like styles --- \family sans Claim, Conjecture, \family default \family sans \SpecialChar \ldots{} Theorem \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Headnote, Dedication, Subtitle, Running_LaTeX_Title, Author_Running, Institute, Mail, Offprints, Keywords, Acknowledgements, Acknowledgement \family default . See the Springer class file documentation for details. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Supported journals \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \emph on Journal of Geodesy \emph default : \family typewriter svjog.layout \family default --- Martin Vermeer \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \emph on Probability Theory and Related Fields \emph default : \family typewriter svprobth.layout \family default --- Jean-Marc Lasgouttes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Add your own, it isn't so hard! \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Credits \end_layout \begin_layout Standard These files are partly based on the older \family typewriter ejour2.layout \family default , which was again based on a tinkered-with version of an old LaTeX 2.09 style file from Springer. All this, and the \family typewriter ejour2 \family default layout, are now defunct. Jean-Marc Lasgouttes helped out big in making me find my way around the LyX layout file mechanism. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Bugs \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Probably. But probably less than in the old hacked-LaTeX \family typewriter ejour2 \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Limitations e.g.: does not display the number for theorem-like layouts, just #. \end_layout \begin_layout Section AGU journals ( \family sans aguplus \family default ) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \shape smallcaps Martin Vermeer \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Description \end_layout \begin_layout Standard These are the layout files for some of the journals of the American Geophysical Society. It is assumed that you have both the AGU's own class files and AGUplus installed (everything to be found at \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://ftp.agu.org/journals/latex/journals} \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection New styles \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Redefined are \family sans Paragraph \family default , \family sans Paragraph* \family default . They are still called this in the LyX GUI, though their LaTeX equivalents in the AGU classes are \family sans Subsubsubsection \family default and \family sans Subsubsubsection* \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Newly defined styles are \family sans Left_Header \family default , \family sans Right_Header \family default , \family sans Received \family default , \family sans Revised \family default , \family sans Accepted \family default , \family sans CCC \family default , \family sans PaperId \family default , \family sans AuthorAddr \family default , \family sans SlugComment \family default . These are mostly manuscript attributes and defined in the AGU class documentati on. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard I suspect this is still badly incomplete. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection New floats \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Planotable \family default and \family sans Plate \family default . We also have a new \family sans Table_Caption \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Supported journals \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \emph on Journal of Geophysical Research \emph default : \family typewriter jgrga.layout \family default --- Martin Vermeer \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Add your own, it isn't so hard! Look at the \family typewriter jgrga.layout \family default example and \family typewriter aguplus.inc \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Bugs and things to remember \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In order to use the new layouts, you must remember to do the following for a new document: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \emph on Turn off babel \emph default . This can be done in the \family sans layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator document \family default or \family sans document\SpecialChar \menuseparator settings \family default menu item. (AGU articles are always in English, right? So \emph on don't \emph default choose a language.) \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Enter \family typewriter jgrga \family default into the document's \family sans Extra Options \family default field. (Yes, this is a bug.) \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Make sure you use the \family typewriter agu.bst \family default bibliography style, by entering \family sans agu \family default into the second field of the BibTeX inset. None of the standard styles will do. \end_layout \begin_layout Section EGS journals ( \family sans egs \family default ) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \shape smallcaps Martin Vermeer \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Description \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This is the layout file for the European Geophysical Society journals. The needed \family typewriter egs.cls \family default can be downloaded from the web site of the EGS under \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{www.copernicus.org} \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection New styles \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Right_address, Latex_Title, Affil, Journal, msnumber, FirstAuthor, Received, Accepted \family default , \family sans Offsets \family default . The current layout file is unfortunately very unmodular and would benefit from using the various \family typewriter std*.inc \family default file inclusions. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Slides [aka \noun on Sli \noun default TeX] \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slitex} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on John Weiss \noun default \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This section describes how to use LyX to make slides for overhead projectors. There are two document classes that can do this: the default slides class and the \family sans Foil \family default TeX slides class. This section documents the former. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard I'm going to say this again, nice and clear, so that there's no misunderstanding : \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \size large This section documents the class \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans slides (default) \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \emph on only. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you're looking for the documentation for \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans slides (FoilTeX) \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , check out section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foiltex} \end_inset . The \family sans foils \family default class [ \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans slides (FoilTeX) \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ] is actually somewhat better than the default \family sans slides \family default class, \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} or so I've been told repeatedly by its advocates. Having never used it, I have no idea if this claim is true or not. \end_layout \end_inset which this section documents. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This class is the LaTeX2e improvement of the old \noun on Sli \noun default TeX package. Every LaTeX2e distribution includes this class [which I'll just refer to as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans slides \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset from now on], so you're bound to have it. As I noted earlier, there are other classes, such as \family sans foils \family default , which also produce slides for overhead projectors and do a better job at it. However, there are some things which \family sans slides \family default can do which the others can't, such as generate overlays. Read on to learn more! \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Getting Started \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slidesetup} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Obviously, to use this document class, you need to select \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans slides (default) \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset from the class list in the \family sans \bar under D \bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under S \bar default ettings \family default dialog. There are some other special things you should know about this class: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Don't bother changing the options \family sans Sides and Columns \family default . They're not supported by the \family sans slides \family default class, anyways. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The option \family sans \bar under P \bar default age\InsetSpace ~ style \family default behaves a bit differently for this class. The possible choices and what they do are as follows: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Description \family sans plain \family default The final output contains page numbers in the lower right corner. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans headings \family default Like \family sans plain \family default , but also prints out any time markers you've put in. This is the default. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans empty \family default The final output contains no page numbers, time markers, or alignment markers. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize The \family sans slides \family default class has an extra option: \family typewriter clock \family default . To use it, put \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter clock \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in the extra class options. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard Using this options allows you to add time markers to \family sans Note \family default s. See section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slideNote} \end_inset for more details. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard You can also use the template file \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter slides.lyx \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to automatically set up a document to use the \family sans slides \family default class [using \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator New\InsetSpace ~ from\InsetSpace ~ \bar under T \bar default emplate \family default to open your new document]. The template file also contains some examples of the special paragraph environments used by this class. I'll describe those next. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Paragraph Environments \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Supported Environments \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The first thing you'll notice when you start up a new \family sans slides \family default document is the font size and type: it's the equivalent of the size \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Largest \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in the \family sans Sans\InsetSpace ~ Serif \family default font. This is also what's used in the output. Think of this as a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset visual cue \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to remind you that this is a slide. Your final slides will use a larger font; ergo, you'll have less space. Of course, the larger default screen font isn't WYSIWYG, only a reminder. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The next thing that becomes obvious is the changes to the paragraph environment pull-down box [at the far-left end of the toolbar]. Most of the paragraph environments you're used to seeing are missing. There are also five new ones. That's because the \family sans slides \family default class itself only supports certain paragraph environments: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Standard \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Itemize \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Enumerate \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Description \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans List \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Quotation \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Quote \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Verse \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Caption \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans LyX-Code \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Comment \end_layout \begin_layout Standard All of the other standard environments, including the section-heading environmen ts, aren't used in the \family sans slides \family default class. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard On the other hand, you'll notice the following new environments: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Slide \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Overlay \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Note \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans InvisibleText \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans VisibleText \end_layout \begin_layout Standard These five are kind of quirky, due to a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset feature \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in LyX. You see, LyX doesn't permit you to nest any other paragraph environment into an empty environment. Now, that's fine and dandy, but it means that you wouldn't be able to start a slide with anything except plain text. To deal with this, I've performed a little \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset LaTeX magic. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Quirks of the New Environments \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slideQuirk} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard All five of the new paragraph environments are somewhat quirky due to inherent limitiations in the current version of LyX. As I just mentioned, LyX forbids environments that begin with another environme nt. To get around this, the \family sans Slide \family default environment isn't a paragraph environment as described in the \emph on User's Guide \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You should consider \family sans Slide \family default , \family sans Overlay \family default , and \family sans Note \family default to be \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset pseudo-environments. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset They look like a section heading or a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans Caption \family default , \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset but really begin a [and, if necessary, end the previous] paragraph environment. Likewise, treat \family sans InvisibleText \family default and \family sans VisibleText \family default as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset pseudo-commands. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset These two perform some action. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A common feature of all five environments, \family sans Slide \family default , \family sans Overlay \family default , \family sans Note \family default , \family sans InvisibleText \family default and \family sans VisibleText \family default , is a rather long-ish label. The text following this label --- ordinarily the contents of the paragraph environment --- is utterly irrelevant for \family sans Slide \family default , \family sans Overlay \family default , \family sans Note \family default , \family sans InvisibleText \family default and \family sans VisibleText \family default . LyX completely ignores it. In fact, you can leave these five environments completely empty. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard While you don't \emph on have \emph default to put any text after the rather long-ish label, you might want to. This could be a short description of the contents of the \family sans Slide \family default , for example. In that case, enter in your descriptive comment and hit \family sans Return \family default as you normally would. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If, on the other hand, you don't want to enter in any descriptive text, you'll hit another LyX quirk. LyX, like nature, abhors a vacuum, and will not let you start a new paragraph environment until you put something in the old one. So, do this: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Start entering the text that will \emph on follow \emph default the new \family sans Slide \family default , \family sans Overlay \family default , \family sans Note \family default , \family sans InvisibleText \family default or \family sans VisibleText \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Now move to the beginning of that paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Next, hit \family sans Return \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Finally, change this new, empty paragraph to a \family sans Slide \family default , \family sans Overlay \family default , \family sans Note \family default , \family sans InvisibleText \family default or \family sans VisibleText \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Some future version of LyX will, hopefully, resolve this quirkiness\SpecialChar \ldots{} \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Making a Presentation with \family sans Slide \family default , \family sans Overlay \family default and \family sans Note \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Using the \family sans Slide \family default Environment \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you're expecting this section to teach you how to actually make a presentatio n, you'll be sorely disappointed. Naturally, I'll describe all of the ways the \family sans slides \family default class can assist you in preparing the materials for a presentation. Filling in the contents, however, is up to you. [Then again, that \emph on is \emph default the LyX philosophy.] \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Choosing the \family sans Slide \family default environment [in the manner described in section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slideQuirk} \end_inset ] tells LyX to begin a new slide [duh]. The label for this environment/ \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset pseudo-command \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is an \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ASCII line, \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in cool blue, followed by the label, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset NewSlide: \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . Any text or paragraph environments that follow this one go on the new slide. It's that simple. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Slides are probably the only time you'll need to forcibly end pages in LyX (this can be specified in the \family sans Paragraph Layout \family default dialog). In fact, you'll want to, once you finish entering the contents of one slide. If you've entered more text than can physically fit on a slide, the extra overflows onto a new slide. I don't recommend doing this, however, since the overflow slide won't have any page number on it. Furthermore, it may interfere with any \family sans Overlay \family default you've made to accompany the oversized \family sans Slide \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans Overlay \family default and \family sans Note \family default environments work the same way as the \family sans Slide \family default environment. They both create an \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ASCII line \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset followed by a label [ \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset NewOverlay: \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset NewNote: \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , respectively]. The color is a stunning magenta instead of blue, and the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ASCII line \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset will look different, in style and in length. The label fonts of all three also differ from one another. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As with a \family sans Slide \family default , if the contents of a \family sans Note \family default or \family sans Overlay \family default exceed the physical size of a slide or sheet of paper, the extra will overflow onto a new sheet. Again, you should avoid this. It defeats the whole purpose of \family sans Note \family default s and \family sans Overlay \family default s. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Using \family sans Overlay \family default with \family sans Slide \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The idea behind an \family sans Overlay \family default is a slide that sits atop another slide. Perhaps you wish to discuss a figure on the main \family sans Slide \family default before displaying the text associated with it. One way to accomplish this is tape a flap of dark paper over the part of the \family sans Slide \family default you want to display later. This method fails, however, if you wish to overlap one graph with another, for example. You would then have to fumble while speaking to align the two separate, overlapping \family sans Slide \family default s to align the two graphs. The use of an \family sans Overlay \family default environment in both cases makes life much easier. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Each \family sans Overlay \family default receives the page number of its \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset parent \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \family sans Slide \family default , appended by \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter -a \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard Presumably, mutliple \family sans Overlay \family default s would have \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter -a \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter -b \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter -c \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , etc.\InsetSpace ~ appended to the page number of the parent \family sans Slide \family default . \end_layout \end_inset Clearly, you want the contents of both the \family sans Slide \family default and the \family sans Overlay \family default to each fit on a single physical slide! You should probably consider an \family sans Overlay \family default as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset part of \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset a \family sans Slide \family default . Indeed, the LyX \family sans slides \family default class provides a visual cue for this: the label at the start of an \family sans Overlay \family default is shorter than that at the start of a \family sans Slide \family default . Lastly, when you generate printable output, you'll find alignment markers in all four corners of both the \family sans Overlay \family default page and its parent \family sans Slide \family default . These will assist you in lining up the two physical slides. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The major problem in overlaying two slides is aligning the contents of the two transparencies. How much space should you leave for that graph on the second slide? Worse still, what if you want a graph and a sentence on second slide, but there is text on the main transparency that goes in between them? You could try and insert vertical space of the right size. The better way is to use \family sans InvisibleText \family default and \family sans VisibleText \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As their names imply, \family sans InvisibleText \family default and \family sans VisibleText \family default are two command-like paragraph environments that make all subsequent text invisible and visible, respectively. Note from section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slideQuirk} \end_inset that you don't place anything \emph on into \emph default these two environments, however. When you create an \family sans InvisibleText \family default , it inserts a centered, sky-blue label into the page reading \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . For paragraphs following this label, the parts of the \family sans Slide \family default [or \family sans Overlay \family default ; it doesn't matter which] where they would be contain instead blank space. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For \family sans VisibleText \family default , the corresponding centered label is \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in blazing green. Paragraphs following this label behave normally. Note that the beginning of a new \family sans Slide \family default , \family sans Overlay \family default , or \family sans Note \family default automatically shuts off an \family sans InvisibleText \family default . It's therefore not necessary to use \family sans VisibleText \family default at the end of a \family sans Slide \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard By now, it should be obvious how to create overlay transparencies using the proper combination of \family sans InvisibleText \family default and \family sans VisibleText \family default on a \family sans Slide \family default and \family sans Overlay \family default : \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Create a \family sans Slide \family default , including everything that will appear on it, whether on the main slide or on the \family sans Overlay \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Before each figure or paragraph that will appear only on the \family sans Overlay \family default , insert an \family sans InvisibleText \family default environment. If necessary, insert a \family sans VisibleText \family default environment after the \family sans Overlay \family default -only text. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Start an \family sans Overlay \family default immediately following the \family sans Slide \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Copy the contents of this \family sans Slide \family default into the \family sans Overlay \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate Within the \family sans Overlay \family default , change all of the \family sans InvisibleText \family default lines to \family sans VisibleText \family default and vice-versa. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard That's it. You've just made an \family sans Overlay \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There's one problem with the way I've designed the LyX \family sans slides \family default class: you can't make text in the middle of a paragraph invisible, nor make text in the middle of an invisible paragraph visible again. To accomplish this feat, you'll need to use some inlined LaTeX codes. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard The commands of interest are: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter { \backslash invisible \SpecialChar \ldots{} } \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter { \backslash visible \SpecialChar \ldots{} } \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} and need to be marked as TeX. The text whose \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset visibility \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset you wish to change goes in between the brackets [and after the \family typewriter \backslash invisible \family default or \family typewriter \backslash visible \family default command]. If you don't know how to mark text as TeX, see the apprpriate section of the \emph on User's Guide \emph default . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Using \family sans Note \family default with \family sans Slide \family default \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:slideNote} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Like an \family sans Overlay \family default , a \family sans Note \family default is associated with a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset parent \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \family sans Slide \family default . Here, too, the LyX \family sans slides \family default class provides visual cues. The label for a \family sans Note \family default is shorter than that of a \family sans Slide \family default [yet longer than that of an \family sans Overlay \family default ] and, like the label of an \family sans Overlay \family default is shockingly magenta. Additionally, the printed \family sans Note \family default has the page number of its \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset parent \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \family sans Slide \family default , appended by \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter - \family default 1 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter - \family default 2 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter - \family default 3 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , etc. You can have multiple \family sans Note \family default s associated with a single \family sans Slide \family default , and, as with \family sans Slide \family default and \family sans Overlay \family default , you'll probably want to break up long \family sans Note \family default s so that they fit on a single sheet of paper. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The purpose of a \family sans Note \family default is obvious: it contains anything additional you might want to say about a \family sans Slide \family default . It could also be used as a sheet of reminders for a particular \family sans Slide \family default . In the case of the latter, you might want to make use of time markers. Currently, the LyX \family sans slides \family default class has no \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset native \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset support for time markers, a \noun on Sli \noun default TeX feature. So, you'll have to resort to using the LaTeX codes. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To use time markers, you'll need to specify the extra class option \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter clock \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset [see section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slidesetup} \end_inset ]. This option turns on timing marks, which will appear in the lower-left-hand corner of every \family sans Note \family default you generate. To set what appears in the time marker, you use the LaTeX commands \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash settime{} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash addtime{} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . The arguments of both commands are time measured in seconds. \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash settime{} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset sets the time marker to a given time. \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash addtime{} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset increments the time marker by the specified amount. Using time markers and \family sans Note \family default s in this fashion, you can remind yourself how much time to spend on a particula r \family sans Slide \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There's one last feature to describe. Clearly, you'd like to print out all of your \family sans Slide \family default s and \family sans Overlay \family default s on transparencies while printing all of your \family sans Note \family default s on plain paper. However, a \family sans Note \family default \emph on must \emph default follow the \family sans Slide \family default with which it is associated. What's a person to do? \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Luckily, there are two LaTeX commands that allow you to select what to print out. Both must be placed into the preamble of your document. The command \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash onlyslides{ \backslash slides} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset will cause the output to contain only the \family sans Slide \family default s and \family sans Overlay \family default s. Correspondingly, the command \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash onlynotes{ \backslash notes} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset prevents the output of anything but \family sans Note \family default s. I'd advise placing both commands in the preamble and initially comment both out. You can then preview your entire presentation as you write. When you're done writing, you can then uncomment one of the two to select what you want to print. I like to uncomment \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash onlyslides{ \backslash slides} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , print to a file with \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter -slides \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in its name, comment it back out, then uncomment \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash onlynotes{ \backslash notes} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and print to a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter *-notes.ps \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset file. I can then send either file to a printer, loading transparencies or plain paper as appropriate. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also provide other arguments to the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash onlyslides{} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash onlynotes{} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset commands. See a good LaTeX book for details. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection The \family sans slides \family default Class Template File \end_layout \begin_layout Standard I have also provided a template file, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter slides.lyx \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , with the \family sans slides \family default class. To use it, begin your new presentation with \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator New\InsetSpace ~ from\InsetSpace ~ \bar under T \bar default emplate \family default . Your new LyX presentation file will contain an example \family sans Slide \family default -- \family sans Overlay \family default -- \family sans Note \family default triplet. The \family sans Slide \family default and \family sans Overlay \family default additionally contain an example of the use of \family sans InvisibleText \family default and \family sans VisibleText \family default . Lastly, the preamble will contain: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code % Uncomment to print out only slides and overlays \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code % \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code % \backslash onlyslides{ \backslash slides} \newline \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code % Uncomment to print out only notes \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code % \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code % \backslash onlynotes{ \backslash notes} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard One final thing: I created this class to support the LaTeX2e \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \noun on Sli \noun default TeX emulation \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset class, one of the built-in LaTeX2e classes. Neither I nor the rest of the LyX Team endorse or oppose the use of this built-in slide class. It's here if you want it or need it. There exist other LaTeX2e classes for creating presentations, such as the \family sans Foils \family default class [see section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foiltex} \end_inset ] or the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter seminar \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset package [present on some TeX distributions]. The latter is not yet supported under LyX. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard Perhaps you can take on the task\SpecialChar \ldots{} \end_layout \end_inset I know nothing about these other classes. Try them out to see what sort of alternative they provide. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Foils [aka \family sans Foil \family default \noun on TeX \noun default ] \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foiltex} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Allan Rae \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This section describes how to use LyX to make slides for overhead projectors. There are two document classes that can do this: the default slides class and the \family sans Foil \family default TeX slides class. This section documents the latter. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard I'm going to say this again, nice and clear, so that there's no misunderstanding : \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \size large This section documents the class \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans slides (FoilTeX) \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \emph on only. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you're looking for the documentation for \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans slides (default) \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , check out section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:slitex} \end_inset . If your machine doesn't have the \family sans foils \family default class [ \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans slides (FoilTeX) \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ] installed, you'll probably have to use the default \family sans slides \family default class, which isn't quite as good as \family sans foils. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans foils \family default class is designed for use with version 2.1 of the \family sans foils.cls \family default LaTeX class file which is now an integral part of LaTeX2e. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Getting Started \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Obviously, to use this document class, you need to select \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans slides (FoilTeX) \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset from the \family sans \bar under C \bar default lass \family default entry in the \family sans Document\InsetSpace ~ Layout \family default dialog. There are some settings in the \family sans Document\InsetSpace ~ Layout \family default dialog that you should know about that are specific to this class: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Don't change the options \family sans Sides \family default and \family sans Columns \family default on the \family sans Document\InsetSpace ~ Layout \family default dialog. They're ignored by the \family sans foils \family default class. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The default font size is 20pt with the other options being 17pt, 25pt and 30pt. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The default font is \family sans sans \family default \family sans serif \family default but all math equations are still typeset in the usual roman font. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Foil \family default TeX supports A4 and Letter paper sizes as well as a special size for working with 35mm slides. It doesn't support A5, B5, legal or executive paper sizes. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Don't bother changing the \family sans Float Placement \family default settings because they are ignored anyway. All floats appear where they are defined in the text. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The \family sans \bar under P \bar default agestyle \family default setting behaves a bit differently for this class. \family sans Foil \family default TeX provides extensive footer and header capabilities including a user-defined logo. See section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:foilfoot} \end_inset for more details. The title page is treated differently to all other pages in the document and is \emph on always \emph default unnumbered and \emph on always \emph default has the logo centered at the bottom of the page (if one is defined). The possible page style choices and what they do are as follows: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM \family sans \series bold empty \family default \series default The final output contains no page numbers, or other headers or footers (except footnotes of course). \end_layout \begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM \family sans \series bold plain \family default \series default The final output contains page numbers centered at the bottom of the page. No other headings or footers (other than footnotes). \end_layout \begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM \series bold foilheadings \series default Page numbers in lower right corner. Additional headers and footers are also shown. This is also the default. \end_layout \begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM \series bold fancy \series default Gives you access to the \family sans fancyheadings \family default package although its use with \family sans Foil \family default TeX is discouraged by the writer of the \family sans Foil \family default TeX package because of some potential page layout clashes. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Subsubsection Extra Options \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The following options may be used in the extra class options in the \family sans \bar under D \bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under S \bar default ettings \family default dialog. \end_layout \begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx \series bold 35mmSlide \series default This sets up the page layout for 7.33in by 11in paper, which is about the same aspect ratio as a 35mm slide, making it a bit easier to work with this medium. \end_layout \begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx \series bold headrule \series default Places a rule across the page below the header on every page except the title page. \end_layout \begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx \series bold footrule \series default Places a rule across the page above the footer on every page except the title page. \end_layout \begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx \series bold dvips \series default This is automatically set each time you create a new \family sans foils \family default document. This option tells \family sans Foil \family default TeX to use the dvips driver to rotate those pages that are set as landscape foils. \end_layout \begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx \series bold landscape \series default Simply changes the page dimensions to those of a landscape page but doesn't do any rotation. Thus if you use this option you need to use an external program to rotate each page or feed your paper through your printer as landscape. Note that this option effectively reverses the roles of the \family sans Foilhead \family default and \family sans Rotatefoilhead \family default environments (don't worry these are described in the next section). \end_layout \begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx \series bold leqno \series default Equation numbers on the left. \end_layout \begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMx \series bold fleqn \series default Flush-left equations. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Supported Environments \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Most of the environments commonly supported in other classes are also supported by the \family sans foils \family default class. There are several additional environments provided by \family sans Foil \family default TeX as well as a couple added by LyX. The following environments are shared with other classes: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash begin{multicols}{2} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Standard \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Itemize \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Enumerate \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Description \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans List \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans LyX-Code \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Verse \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Quote \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Quotation \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Title \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Author \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Date \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Abstract \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Bibliography \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Address \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans RightAddress \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Caption \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Comment \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash end{multicols} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard That is, all the major environments apart from the sectioning environments. Since foils are essentially self-contained sections, with a title and body, \family sans Foil \family default TeX provides specific commands for starting new foils and these are: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Foilhead \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Rotatefoilhead \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX also provides slightly modified versions of these two environments called: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans ShortFoilhead \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans ShortRotatefoilhead \end_layout \begin_layout Standard and the differences will be explained in the next section. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Since foils are often used in presenting ideas or new theorems and such \family sans Foil \family default TeX also provides a comprehensive box of goodies for presenting them: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash begin{multicols}{2} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Theorem \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Lemma \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Corollary \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Proposition \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Definition \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Proof \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Theorem* \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Lemma* \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Corollary* \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Proposition* \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Definition* \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash end{multicols} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The starred versions are unnumbered while the unstarred versions are numbered. There are also two list environments added by LyX and these are: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans TickList \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans CrossList \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Foil \family default TeX provides some powerful header and footer capabilities that are best set in the preamble although they may be set at any point in a document. If you want to change these settings in your document the best place to do so is at the very top of a foil, \emph on i.e. \emph default straight after the foilhead. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For this purpose, the following command styles are provided [ \shape smallcaps Martin Vermeer \shape default ]: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash begin{multicols}{2} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans My\InsetSpace ~ Logo \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Restriction \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Right\InsetSpace ~ Footer \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Right\InsetSpace ~ Header \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Left\InsetSpace ~ Header \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard \InsetSpace ~ \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash end{multicols} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are also a few commands provided by \family sans Foil \family default TeX that aren't directly supported by LyX but I'll tell you what they do and how to use them in section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:unsuppfoils} \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Building a Set of Foils \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This section will give a simple introduction to using the different environments to build a set of foils. If you want to see an example set of foils take a look at the \family typewriter Foils.lyx \family default file accessible from the \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under O \bar default pen\SpecialChar \ldots{} \family default dialog under the \family sans Examples \family default button. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Give It a Title Page \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Unlike other classes that provide \family sans Title \family default , \family sans Author \family default , \family sans Date \family default and \family sans Abstract \family default environments, \family sans foils \family default creates the title on a page of its own. If you leave out the \family sans Date \family default environment LaTeX will substitute the current date (every time you regenerate the output). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Start a New Foil \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As I mentioned earlier, there are four ways of starting a new foil. For portrait foils you should use \family sans Foilhead \family default or \family sans ShortFoilhead. \family default The difference between these two environments is the amount of space between the title of the foil (the foilhead) and the body of the foil. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Landscape foils are generated using the \family sans Rotatefoilhead \family default and \family sans ShortRotatefoilhead \family default environments. Again the only difference is the spacing between foilhead and body. Both of the short versions have 0.5 inches less separation between the foilhead and the body. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard One problem with the support for landscape foils is the requirement that you have to use the \family typewriter dvips \family default driver to generate the PostScript® output otherwise the foils won't be rotated. It is possible to get landscape foils even if you haven't got the \family typewriter dvips \family default driver provided you can feed your foils sideways through your printer ;-) \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Theorems, Lemmas, Proofs and more \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Due to a small bug in LyX you can't have two of the same type of these environme nts directly following each other. They must be separated by something. If you try, you will just be extending the previous environment as if you had merged the two environments together. So, how do you get around this problem? The simplest option is to insert some text between the two environments or add a \family sans LaTeX \family default environment between the two with just a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter % \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in it. This will force LyX to produce two separate environments and hence the correct LaTeX output. An example is provided in the example file included with the LyX distribution. Remember, this problem only occurs if you are trying to place two of the same type of theorem-like environments one directly after the other. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Lists \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You get all the commonly supported list styles found in other classes as well as two new ones. I'll only describe the new ones here. If you want to find out more about the other list environments check out the \emph on User's Guide. \emph default If you intend to use itemized lists you might also want to read about the \family sans Itemize\InsetSpace ~ Bullet\InsetSpace ~ Selection \family default dialog described above in section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:bullet} \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The two new list styles, \family sans TickList \family default and \family sans CrossList \family default , are designed to make it easier for you to create lists of do's and don'ts or right and wrong by providing dedicated environments that use a tick or a cross as the label of the list. These lists are in fact dedicated variants of the \family sans Itemize \family default environment. They do however require that you have the \family typewriter psnfss \family default packages installed. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Figures and Tables \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans Foil \family default TeX redefines the floating tables and figures so that they appear exactly where they are in the text rather than pushing them to the top of the page or to some user specified location. In fact if you change the float placement settings they are simply ignored. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Page Headers and Footers \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:foilfoot} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family sans My\InsetSpace ~ Logo \family default and \family sans Restriction \family default are two commands used to control the left-footer text string. The first is meant to allow you to include a graphic logo on your foils and defaults to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset -Typeset by \family sans Foil \family default TeX- \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . While the second is meant to provide a classification for the audience, \emph on e.g. \emph default Confidential. It is empty by default. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The remaining page corners can be filled by \family sans Right\InsetSpace ~ Footer \family default (which defaults to page numbers), \family sans Right\InsetSpace ~ Header \family default (top right) and \family sans Left\InsetSpace ~ Header \family default (top left). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Unsupported \family sans Foil \family default TeX Goodies \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:unsuppfoils} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard All the commands mentioned below need to be set in a \family sans LaTeX \family default environment or as \family sans TeX \family default within another environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Lengths \end_layout \begin_layout Standard All lengths are adjusted using the \family typewriter \backslash setlength{ \family default \emph on lengthname \family typewriter \emph default }{ \family default \emph on newlength \family typewriter \emph default } \family default command. Where \emph on lengthname \emph default should be replaced by the name given to the length you want to change and \emph on newlength \emph default is the length value. All lengths should be specified in units of length such as inches ( \family typewriter in \family default ), millimeters ( \family typewriter mm \family default ) or points ( \family typewriter pt \family default ) or relative to some document or font-based length such as \family typewriter \backslash textwidth \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It's possible to change the spacing between a foilhead and the body of the foil by adjusting the length specified by \family typewriter \backslash foilheadskip \family default . For example, to make \emph on all \emph default foilheads 0.5 inches closer to their bodies put the following in the preamble: \family typewriter \backslash setlength{ \backslash foilheadskip}{-0.5in} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The spacings around floats can be adjusted by setting these lengths: \end_layout \begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM \family typewriter \backslash abovefloatskip \family default Separation between the text and the top of the float \end_layout \begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM \family typewriter \backslash abovecaptionskip \family default Separation between the float and the caption \end_layout \begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM \family typewriter \backslash belowcaptionskip \family default Separation between the caption and the following text \end_layout \begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM \family typewriter \backslash captionwidth \family default You can make the captions narrower than the surrounding text by adjusting this length. Best done relative to \family typewriter \backslash textwidth \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are also several title page related lengths that you may find useful if you have a long title or several authors: \end_layout \begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM \family typewriter \backslash abovetitleskip \family default Separation from headers to \family sans Title \end_layout \begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM \family typewriter \backslash titleauthorskip \family default between \family sans Title \family default and \family sans Author \family default environments \end_layout \begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM \family typewriter \backslash authorauthorskip \family default between multiple \family sans Author \family default lines \end_layout \begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM \family typewriter \backslash authordateskip \family default between the \family sans Author \family default and the \family sans Date \end_layout \begin_layout List \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM \family typewriter \backslash dateabstractskip \family default between the \family sans Date \family default and the \family sans Abstract \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The last length related command affects all the list environments. If you place \family typewriter \backslash zerolistvertdimens \family default \emph on inside \emph default a list environment then all the vertical spacing between the list items is removed. Note that this is a command not a length so it doesn't require \family typewriter \backslash setlength \family default like the stuff mentioned above. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Headers and Footers \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family typewriter \backslash LogoOn \family default and \family typewriter \backslash LogoOff \family default commands control whether the logo in the \family sans MyLogo \family default definition appear on a given page. If you put \family typewriter \backslash LogoOff \family default in the preamble then none of the foils will have the logo on them. If you don't want the logo on a particular page place the \family typewriter \backslash LogoOff \family default directly after the foilhead of that page and the \family typewriter \backslash LogoOn \family default directly after the next foilhead. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you decide to use the \family sans fancy \family default page style setting in the \family sans Document\InsetSpace ~ Layout \family default dialog you should probably add \family typewriter \backslash let \backslash headwidth \backslash textwidth \family default to your preamble so headers and footers on landscape pages are correctly placed when rotated. This is due to some clashes between the page layouts provided by the \family sans fancyheadings \family default package and the \family sans foils \family default class. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Latex8 (IEEE Conference Papers) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Allan Rae \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Since this class is specifically for writing submissions to IEEE sponsored conferences I strongly recommend that you get a copy of their Authors Kit. The \family sans latex.sty \family default package and associated bibliography style file is included in the kit. The Authors Kit is usually sent out by email once your initial submission has been accepted. There is a lot of useful information in the Authors Kit explaining formatting restrictions and so on and I will assume you have read this since that means I don't have to repeat it all here. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Getting Started \end_layout \begin_layout Standard [AR\SpecialChar \@. more to come] \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Supported Environments \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Standard \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Title \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Author \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans E-mail \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Affiliation \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Abstract \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Section \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans SubSection \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Caption \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Differences Between Screen and Paper \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are slight differences in appearance mainly with the presentation of section counters. On screen the trailing period of the section counter is missing but it will appear in the output so don't let this worry you. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Hollywood (Hollywood spec scripts) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \shape smallcaps Garst Reese \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Getting the format of a Hollywood script right is a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset rite of passage. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset It is designed to make the readers focus on content and to be easy and familiar for the actors to read. Each page of a script should be one minute of film. Nothing goes in a script that you cannot see or hear on screen. The courier 12 pt font should be used throughout. No italics. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Special problems \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Speakers' lines should NEVER break in mid-sentence. If a speaker's lines continue over a page break, repeat the \family sans Speaker \family default title followed by (Cont'd). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Special features \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Insert the \family sans Speaker \family default names as labels then cross-reference the label to insert the name. The cross-reference dialog will show the current cast of characters. You can use this to insert the speaker name in narratives also. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Paper size and Margins \end_layout \begin_layout Standard USLetter, left 1.6in, right 0.75in, top 0.5in, bottom 0.75in \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Environments \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The following environments are available. You can use hollywood.bind to get the bind keys shown at the right. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Standard \newline \family default Used where nothing else works. Try to avoid it. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans FADE_IN \family default : \hfill \family sans M-z S-I \family default \newline Usually followed by something like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset on Sally waking up. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans INT: \hfill M-z i \newline \family default Introduces a new INTERIOR camera set-up. Always followed by DAY or NIGHT, or something similar to define the lighting required. Everthing on this line in CAPS. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans EXT: \hfill M-z e \newline \family default Introduces a new EXTERIOR camera set-up. Everthing on this line in CAPS. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Speaker \hfill M-z s \newline \family default The character speaking. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Parenthetical \hfill M-z p \newline \family default Instructions to the speaker. The () are automatically inserted, but only the ( will show in LyX. Both will be printed. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Dialogue \hfill M-z d \newline \family default What the \family sans Speaker \family default says. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Transition \hfill M-z t \newline \family default Camera movement instruction. e.g. CUT TO: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans FADE OUT: \hfill M-z S-I \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Author \hfill M-z S-A \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Title \hfill M-z S-T \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Right_Address \hfill M-z r \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Script jargon \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize (O.S) --- off screen \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize (V.0) --- voice over \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize b.g. --- background \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize C.U. --- close-up \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize PAN --- camera movement \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize INSERT --- cut to close-up of \end_layout \begin_layout Section Broadway \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \shape smallcaps Garst Reese \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Broadway is for writing plays. The format is more decorative than Hollywood, and much less standardized. This format should be suitable for workshops. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Special problems \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The same as in Hollywood. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Special features \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Insert the \family sans Speaker \family default names as labels then cross-reference the label to insert the name. The cross-reference dialog will show the current cast of characters. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Paper size and Margins \end_layout \begin_layout Standard USLetter, left 1.6in, right 0.75in, top 0.5in, bottom 0.75in \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Environments \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The following environments are available. You can use broadway.bind to get the bind keys shown at the right. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Standard \newline \family default You should not have to use this, but it is here for anything that does not fit otherwise. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Narrative \hfill M-z n \newline \family default Used to describe stage setting and the action. First use of speaker names in all CAPs. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans ACT \hfill M-z a \newline \family default Automatically numbered. On screen it will be arabic, but will print as Roman. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans ACT* \hfill M-z S at \newline \family default Subtitle for \family sans ACT. \family default It is just centered text. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans SCENE \hfill M-z S-S \newline \family default Not automatically numbered. You supply the number. This is because I couldn't figure out how. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans AT_RISE: \hfill M-z S-R \newline \family default A special case of Narrative to describe the setting and action as the curtain rises. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Speaker \hfill M-z s \newline \family default The speaker's (actor's) title, centered in all CAPS. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Parenthetical \hfill M-z p \newline \family default Instructions to the speaker. The parentheses are automatically inserted. The ( will appear on screen, but both will be in the printed play. This environment is only used within \family sans Dialogue \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Dialogue \hfill M-z d \newline \family default What the Speaker says. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans CURTAIN \hfill M-z S-C \newline \family default The curtain comes down. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Title \hfill M-z S-T \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Author \hfill M-z S-A \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Right_Address \hfill M-z r \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Hello there. \end_layout \begin_layout Section RevTeX4 \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Amir Karger \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent The \family sans Revtex\InsetSpace ~ 4 \family default textclass works with the American Physical Sociey's RevTeX 4.0 (the \begin_inset Formula $\beta$ \end_inset release of May, 1999) class. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX has a \family sans Revtex \family default textclass, which works with RevTeX 3.1. However, v3.1 is basically obsolete, as it works with LaTeX 2.09. That means that it doesn't interact very well with LyX, which requires LaTeX2e, although it has been kludged to work. Since RevTeX 4.0 has been designed to work much more cleanly with LaTeX2e, LyX with the \family sans RevTeX\InsetSpace ~ 4 \family default textclass should also be pretty easy to use. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard These documents are supposed to be used in \emph on addition \emph default to the RevTeX 4.0 documents, so we don't describe any of the special RevTeX macros, and assume you'll know what to put in the preamble if necessary. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Installation \end_layout \begin_layout Standard All you need to do is install RevTeX 4, as described in the package's README file. the package can be found at \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[The RevTeX 4 Web Site]{http://publish.aps.org/revtex4/} \end_inset . Install it somewhere that LaTeX can see it. Test it by trying to LaTeX a short RevTeX 4 document in some random directory (i.e., not the directory where you installed the class file.) Then, if you reconfigure LyX, it will find the class file and let you use the RevTeX4 textclass. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Probably the easiest way to get started is either to import a RevTeX 4 document using \family typewriter reLyX \family default , or to use the \family sans Revtex\InsetSpace ~ 4 \family default template, found in the templates directory. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Preamble Matter \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Optional arguments to \family typewriter \backslash documentclass \family default , like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset preprint \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset aps \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , go in the \family sans E \bar under x \bar default tra\InsetSpace ~ Options \family default field in the \family sans Document\InsetSpace ~ Layout \family default dialog, as usual. Remember that in RevTeX, at least one optional argument is required! \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Other preamble matter, like \family typewriter \backslash draft \family default etc. goes in the \family sans Latex\InsetSpace ~ Preamble \family default dialog, also as usual. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Layouts \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The layouts basically correspond to the commands in RevTeX4.0. For example, the Email layout corresponds to \family typewriter \backslash email{} \family default . Note that (at least as of RevTeX 4.0 Beta), the \family sans Address \family default and \family sans Affiliation \family default layouts are exactly equivalent, so you shouldn't need to use both. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard In case you're curious, both were included so that \family typewriter reLyX \family default would be able to translate both \family typewriter \backslash address \family default and \family typewriter \backslash affiliation \family default . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Important Notes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are a couple of important unique aspects of RevTeX 4 which might cause bugs that will be even more confusing in LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In RevTeX, the \family typewriter \backslash thanks \family default command goes \emph on outside \emph default the \family typewriter \backslash author \family default command. The LyX equivalent is that there is a separate Thanks layout. Do \emph on not \emph default write footnotes in the \family sans Author \family default layout, or weird things may happen. See the RevTeX 4 documentation for more details. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Also, the \family sans Author\InsetSpace ~ Email \family default , \family sans Author\InsetSpace ~ URL \family default , and \family sans Thanks \family default layouts must be placed \emph on in between \emph default the \family sans Author \family default layout and the corresponding \family sans Address \family default (or equivalent \family sans Affiliation \family default ) layout. If you put the \family sans Thanks \family default after the \family sans Address \family default , the LaTeX won't compile. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Drawbacks \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The main problem with this layout is that you can't use the optional arguments to layouts like Email and Title. (The problem is not unique to this layout; you can't use optional arguments to the Section layouts either.) This means that after you export that file to LaTeX (which you'll need to do eventually to send it in to APS), you'll need to edit the LaTeX file with a text editor to add the optional arguments to set, e.g., the running title for the page headers. Lacking these layouts makes the \family typewriter \backslash altaffiliation \family default (and the equivalent \family typewriter \backslash altaddress \family default ) useless, so the corresponding layouts don't exist, and will have to be added by hand. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \emph on Note from JMarc: \emph default actually, LyX 1.3.0 supports some forms of optional arguments, but this layout has not been updated yet to take advantage of it. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section Article (mwart), book (mwbk) and report (mwrep) \begin_inset OptArg status collapsed \begin_layout Standard The \family typewriter mw \family default Classes \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Tomasz Luczak \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The LyX document classes \emph on article (mwart) \emph default , \emph on report (mwrep) \emph default and \emph on book \emph default \emph on (mwbk) \emph default correspond to the LaTeX document classes \family typewriter mwart.cls \family default , \family typewriter mwrep.cls \family default and \family typewriter mwbk.cls \family default , resp. They are replacements for the standard document classes \family typewriter article.cls \family default , \family typewriter report.cls \family default and \family typewriter book.cls \family default , resp., and fit better to Polish typography conventions in a number of points. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Basic differences: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Unnumbered titles (with star, eg. \family sans Section* \family default ) are added into table of contents, \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Additional page styles: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Description uheadings header with separated lines, \end_layout \begin_layout Description myheadings custom header, contents headers via commands: \family typewriter \backslash markright \family default and \family typewriter \backslash markboth \family default , \end_layout \begin_layout Description myuheadings custom header with separated lines, \end_layout \begin_layout Description outer page number is placed on outer side of page \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Options \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Description rmheadings serif titles --- default, \end_layout \begin_layout Description sfheadings sansserif titles, \end_layout \begin_layout Description authortitle on title page first placed is author next title --- default, \end_layout \begin_layout Description titleauthor on title page first placed is title next author, \end_layout \begin_layout Description withmarginpar reserve place on page for margins. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Section Elsevier Journals \end_layout \begin_layout Standard By \noun on Rod Pinna \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Elsevier Science Publishers B.V. provides a standard LaTeX document class ( \family typewriter elsart.cls \family default ) for submitting articles to their various journals. The style file can be downloaded directly from their web site: \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://authors.elsevier.com/} \end_inset . Instructions are supplied along with the class file, which details the requirements of the publishers. LyX includes package that allows for the use of this class, by a layout and a template file. Installation of the class file is the same as for any other LaTeX package; instructions are provided in the Elsevier documentation. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To make use of \family typewriter elsart.cls \family default , a file \family typewriter elsart.layout \family default is supplied. As the Elsevier class file is based mainly on the standard article class, most of the normal functionality is provided. The Elsevier class defines a number of mathematical environments, which are similar to the AMS environments. These commands are all described in the Elsevier documentation, and are available in LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The easiest way to use the Elsevier style is to base documents on the included template file. It is best not to use options such as fancy headings or the geometry package, as elements such as these are defined by Elsevier in their style file. Ideally, no extra packages except those mentioned in the Elsevier documentation should be used. Essentially, Elsevier require as \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset clean \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset a \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \backslash LaTeX \end_layout \end_inset file as possible, as their intention is to take the supplied file and replace the class file with one for the particular journal to which the paper has been submitted. This also means that not too much time should be spent on the formating of the document. When it comes to be published, this will change anyway. The rest of the usage for this layout is substantially the same as for the normal article class. For details of what Elsevier do and don't allow, refer to their documentation. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Memoir \end_layout \begin_layout Standard By \noun on Jürgen Spitzmüller \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Overview \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Memoir is a very powerful and constantly evolving class. It has been designed with regard to fictional and non-fictional literature. Its aim is to let the user have maximum control over the typesetting of his document. Memoir is based on the standard book class, but it can also emulate the article class (see below). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Peter Wilson, the developer of Memoir, is known as the author of lots of useful packages in the LaTeX world. Most of them have been merged with Memoir. Therefore, it is much easier to layout the table of contents, appendices, chapter designs and such. LyX, though, does not support all of these goodies natively. Some of them might be added to forthcoming releases \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard You are invited to send suggestions to \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org} \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset , lots will probably never, due to the limitations of LyX's framework. Of course you can still use all features with the help of some native LaTeX commands (ERT \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard Cf. \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \backslash \end_layout \end_inset section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:Inserting-LaTeX-Code} \end_inset for details. \end_layout \end_inset ). In this section, we can only list those features which are natively supported by LyX. For detailed descriptions (and for the rest of features) we are recommending to have a look at the detailed manual of the Memoir class \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard Cf. \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \backslash \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/memoir/memman.pdf} \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset , which is not only a user guide for the class, but also both a comprehensive description on good typesetting and a superb example for good typesetting itself. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Basic features and restrictions \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Memoir supports basically all features of the standard book classes. There are, however, some differences, as follows: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Font\InsetSpace ~ sizes: Memoir has a broader range of font sizes: 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 17 \end_layout \begin_layout Description Page\InsetSpace ~ style: The fancy page style is not supported, due to a command clash between Memoir and the fancyhdr package (they are both defining a command with the same name, which confuses LaTeX). Instead, Memoir comes with a bunch of own page styles (see \family sans Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Page\InsetSpace ~ Style \family default ). If you want to use these for the chapter pages, you have to use the command \family typewriter \backslash chapterstyle \family default in the main text or in preamble (e. \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \backslash , \end_layout \end_inset g. \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \backslash \end_layout \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash chapterstyle{companion} \family default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Description Sectioning: Sectionings (chapter, section, subsection etc.) are coming with an optional argument in the standard classes. With this, you can specify an alternative version of the title for the table of contents and the headers (for instance, if the title is too long). In LyX, you can do this via \family sans Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Short\InsetSpace ~ Title \family default at the beginning of a chapter/section. Memoir features a second optional argument and thus separates the table of contents from the header. You can define three variants of a title with this: one for the main text, one for the table of contents, and one for the headers. Simply insert two optional arguments if you need this feature, the first one containing the short title for the Table of Contents, the second one containing an alternative short title for the headers. \end_layout \begin_layout Description TOC/LOT/LOF: In the standard classes (and in many other classes), the table of contents, the list of figures and the list of table start a new page automatically. Memoir does not follow this route. You have to insert a page break yourself, if you want to have one. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Titlepage: For some unknown reason, Memoir uses pagination on the title page (in the standard classes, title pages are \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset empty \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , i. \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \backslash , \end_layout \end_inset e. \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \backslash \end_layout \end_inset without pagina). If you want an empty title page, type \family typewriter \backslash aliaspagestyle{title}{empty} \family default in the preamble. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Article: With the class option \emph on article \emph default (to be inserted in \family sans Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator Extra\InsetSpace ~ Options \family default ), you can emulate article style. That is, counters (footnotes, figures, tables etc.) will not be reset on new chapters, chapters don't start a new page (but are---in contrary to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset real \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset article classes---still allowed), parts, though, use their own page, as in book. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Oldfontcommands: By default, Memoir does not allow the use of the deprecated font commands, which have been used in the old LaTeX version 2.09 (e. \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \backslash , \end_layout \end_inset g. \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \backslash \end_layout \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash rm \family default , \family typewriter \backslash it \family default ). It produces an error and stops LaTeX whenever such a command appears. The class option \emph on oldfontcommands \emph default reallows the commands and spits out warnings instead (which does at least not stop LaTeX). Since a lot of packages and particularly BibTeX style files are still using those commands, we have decided to use this option by default. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Extra features \end_layout \begin_layout Standard We will only describe the features supported by LyX (which is not much currently ). Please consult the Memoir manual \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard Cf. \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \backslash \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/memoir/memman.pdf} \end_inset . \end_layout \end_inset for details. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Abstract: You may wonder why an abstract is an extra feature. Well, it is in book class. Usually books don't have abstracts. Memoir, however, has. You can use it whereever and how often you like. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Chapterprecis: You may know this from belletristic: The contents of a chapter is shortly described below the title and also in the table of contents (e. \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \backslash , \end_layout \end_inset g. \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \backslash \end_layout \end_inset \emph on Our hero arrives in Troia; he loses some friends; he finds others \emph default ). Chapterprecis does exactly this. It is therefore only sensible below a chapter. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Epigraph: An epigraph is a smart slogan or motto at the beginning of a chapter. The epigraph environment provides an elegant way of typesetting such a motto. The motto itself (text) and its author (source) are divided by a short line. Unfortunately, we have to fool LyX a bit here again, since the environment needs two arguments (text and source). In this case, we have to use curly brackets (in TeX mode) between the two arguments: \emph on \emph default \family typewriter }{ \family default \emph on . \end_layout \begin_layout Description Poemtitle: Memoir has lots of possibilities to typeset poetry (up to very complex figurative poems). Lyx can only support a few of them. One is poemtitle, which is a centered title for poems, which will also be added to the table of contents (verse is the standard environment for poems. Memoir has some enhanced versions of verse, but you need to use ERT, because they have to be nested inside regular verse environments, which is not possible with LyX). \end_layout \begin_layout Description Poemtitle*: Same as poemtitle, but it adds no entry to the table of contents. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter Importing and Exporting Alternate File Formats \begin_inset OptArg status collapsed \begin_layout Standard Importing and Exporting \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section Considerations \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Importing and exporting LyX documents from/to other formats has been touched on briefly in the \emph on User Guide \emph default . Here we describe more of the gory details needed to understand just what is going on when you click on the \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under I \bar default mport \family default and \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator E \bar under x \bar default port \family default menu items. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Importing Other Formats \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection LaTeX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Translating from LaTeX into LyX is performed by a Perl script called reLyX. Although it is a standalone program which can be called from the command line, LyX will call it automatically when a LaTeX document is imported. See section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:reLyX} \end_inset for a complete description. There are no user tunable parameters for reLyX within LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection ASCII Text \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When importing plain ASCII text, there are two methods of reading the file. Importing \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset as lines \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset preserves all the linebreaks in the ASCII; to LyX, then, each line looks like a paragraph. Importing \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset as paragraphs \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset assumes that consecutive lines separated by only a single linebreak form a single paragraph. Successive linebreaks with no intervening text are thus assumed to be paragraph delimiters. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Noweb \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \emph on [Editor's note: Needs to be written, obviously - any volunteers? --- mer] \end_layout \begin_layout Section Exporting Other Formats \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection LaTeX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX generates two types of LaTeX files: stripped down versions for the normal processing ( \family sans View DVI \family default , etc.) which one normally never sees \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard The resulting file is a perfectly valid LaTeX file, though the preamble might look a bit strange since it includes some definitions used by LyX which wouldn't show up in most human-written files. \end_layout \end_inset , and human readable forms which are suitable for exchanging with your colleague s. The only settable option for the translation is the line length of the output file. The default is 65 characters, but it can be set in \family sans \bar under T \bar default ools \family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator \family sans \bar under P \bar default references \family default using the \family sans \bar under A \bar default scii\InsetSpace ~ line\InsetSpace ~ length \family default field. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Device Independent Files \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Device Independent files (DVI files) are produced by running LaTeX on your document. There are no user settable options. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection PostScript® \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The next step in the conversion chain is converting a DVI file into Postscript®. You can either use \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile \family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator \family sans \bar under E \bar default xport \family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator \family sans Pos \bar under t \bar default script \family default or, if you need more control on the result, \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile \family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator \family sans \bar under P \bar default rint \family default . If you use the later, note that it is possible to configure, in \family sans \bar under T \bar default ools \family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator \family sans \bar under P \bar default references \family default , the options passed to the dvips program to achieve different effects. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection ASCII text \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Exporting as ASCII attempts to preserve the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset shape \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of the document as well as possible, but things like centering and indentation are thrown out; paragraphs are separated by blank lines. Section numbering and cross-references are done correctly, so the resulting text files is remarkably readable. The only changeable option is the length of lines, as for LaTeX output. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection HTML \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX documents can be converted to hypertext markup, usually by converting to LaTeX first, then converting that to HTML\SpecialChar \@. Four LaTeX \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$ \end_inset HTML converters are currently known to LyX: \family typewriter tth \family default , \family typewriter latex2html \family default , \family typewriter hevea \family default and \family typewriter htlatex \family default . Though they are autodetected, you can overide the selection in preferences. You can also include further command line options in this dialog. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection PDF \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Dekel Tsur \noun default (mostly) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The fastest way to generate a basic PDF file (no tags, links, etc.) with any version of LyX is to save the document as a Postscript® file, then run the \family typewriter ps2pdf \family default command on it. Starting with version 1.1.6, the menu item \family sans File->Export->PDF \family default will do all this for you. There are some issues with fonts that you need to pay attention to: see Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:badfonts} \end_inset . Also, as of version 1.1.6, there is a better method that will generate much more sophisticated files. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Use pdfLaTeX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard With pdfLaTeX you need to convert your eps figures to PDF (see Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pdfeps} \end_inset ), and you cannot use pstricks. On the other hand, with pdfLaTeX it is possible to insert directly images in JPEG or PNG format, use TrueType fonts, and more. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Why does the text look so bad when viewed with Acrobat Reader? \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:badfonts} \end_inset \begin_inset OptArg status collapsed \begin_layout Standard Bad Fonts in Acrobat Reader \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The problem is that bitmap fonts are displayed poorly by Acrobat Reader. When creating a PDF from the LyX file, you need to use outline font instead of the default bitmap fonts (in fact, you should also use outline fonts for Postscript files). Recent LaTeX distributions come with Postscript® Type 1 version of the standard (Computer Modern) fonts. pdfLaTeX uses these font by default. Dvips doesn't use these fonts by default, so to make it use them, add the following to lines to your \family typewriter ~/.dvipsrc \family default file \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code p+ psfonts.cmz \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code p+ psfonts.amz \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If the default LaTeX font encoding (OT1) is used, nothing else need to be done. However, if the T1 font encoding is used, then LaTeX uses the newer EC fonts, for which there are no Type1 version. The solution is to use the ae package which emulates T1 coded fonts using the standard CM fonts. This is done by adding \family typewriter \backslash usepackage{ae,aecompl} \family default to the preamble of the LyX file. However, some glyphs are missing from the CM fonts (e.g. eth, thorn), and they are taken from the EC fonts. Therefore you get these glyphs as bitmaps. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note: LyX uses by default the T1 font encoding. If you wish to use the default font encoding (this is not recommended, unless you only write English documents), clear the field \family sans \bar under T \bar default eX\InsetSpace ~ encoding \family default in preferences (tabs \family sans Outputs \family default , \family sans Misc \family default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard An alternate option is to use the standard Postscript® fonts instead of the Computer Modern fonts. To do that, you need to select \family sans pslatex \family default as the global font in the document layout dialog. When using the Postscript® fonts, the result PDF file is smaller as the fonts are not saved into the file. Furthermore, the Postscript® fonts include all T1 glyphs. On the other hand, the Postscript® fonts have no bold symbol font, so poor man's bold must be used (see Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:pdfbold} \end_inset ). The Postscript® fonts also look different from the Computer Modern fonts. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To sum up, both the Computer Modern and the Postscript® fonts gives good results (with few exceptions). The decision of which one to use is a matter of taste. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Why doesn't the \backslash boldsymbol{} command work when I use pslatex? \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:pdfbold} \end_inset \begin_inset OptArg status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash boldsymbol{} \family default and \family typewriter pslatex \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The Postscript® fonts do not have a bold symbol font. The solution is to use the \family typewriter \backslash pmb{} \family default (poor man's bold) command. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It is possible to redefine the \family typewriter \backslash boldsymbol \family default command to use \family typewriter \backslash pmb \family default by putting \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash boldsymbol}[1]{ \backslash pmb{#1}} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard in the preamble. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Is it possible to do write latex code which is processed only when running pdfLaTeX? \begin_inset OptArg status collapsed \begin_layout Standard Conditionals with pdfLaTeX \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Yes. Here is an example: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash newif \backslash ifpdf \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash ifx \backslash pdfoutput \backslash undefined \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash pdffalse \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash else \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash pdftrue \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash fi \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash ifpdf \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash pdfinfo { /Author (your name and e-mail address) \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code /Title (official title -- i.e., title element) \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code /Subject (one line description of the document) \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code } \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash pdfcatalog { /PageMode (/UseNone) \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code % /OpenAction (fitbh) \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code } \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash usepackage[pdftex]{hyperref} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash else \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash fi \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection How can I make URLs clickable ? \end_layout \begin_layout Standard See the references here : \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://wiki.lyx.org/pmwiki.php/FAQ/PDF} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Custom \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Custom exports are possible if you have some particularly weird format you wish to convert to, assuming you have the relevant converter, of course. The format of the \emph on input \emph default file can be chosen in the \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under E \bar default xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under C \bar default ustom \family default dialog; LyX will automatically convert the file to this point, then feed it to your custom converter. The possible values are all formats that LyX can produce from its own documents. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The converter command is also specified in the dialog.It should be a completely qualified command line which uses the variable \family typewriter $$FName \family default to specify the name of the file. If this variable is not given, then the file will be sent to the standard input of your command. You may have to apply a bit of ingenuity to escape this sequence correctly so that it is compatible with your shell. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard While it is not possible to save this command using the \family sans Preferences \family default dialog, you can manually edit your \family typewriter .lyx/preferences \family default to add a line like \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash custom_export_command "mycommand $$FName" \end_layout \begin_layout Section The Complete reLyX Description \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:reLyX} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Synopsis \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The simplest way to use reLyX is via the \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under I \bar default mport \family default command in LyX. That runs reLyX on the given file and loads the resulting file into LyX. You should try that first, and call it from the command line only if you need to use more complicated options. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold reLyX \series default [ \series bold -c \series default \shape italic textclass \shape default ] [ \series bold -df \series default ] [ \series bold -o \series default \shape italic outputdir \shape default ] [ \series bold -r \series default \shape italic renv1 \shape default [, \shape italic renv2 \shape default ...]] [ \series bold -s \series default \shape italic sfile1 \shape default [, \shape italic sfile2 \shape default ...]] \emph on inputfile \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold reLyX \series default \series bold -p \series default \series bold -c \series default \shape italic textclass \shape default [ \series bold -df \series default ] [ \series bold -o \series default \shape italic outputdir \shape default ] [ \series bold -r \series default \shape italic renv1 \shape default [, \shape italic renv2 \shape default ...]] [ \series bold -s \series default \shape italic sfile1 \shape default [, \shape italic sfile2 \shape default ...]] \emph on inputfiles \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \series bold reLyX \series default \series bold -h \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Options \end_layout \begin_layout Description \series bold -c \series default Class. By default, when reLyX sees a \family typewriter \backslash documentclass{foo} \family default command, it creates a file of textclass \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset foo \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and reads the LyX layout file for that class. Use \series bold -c \series default to declare a different textclass (and read a different layout file). \end_layout \begin_layout Description \series bold -d \series default Debug. By default, reLyX gives sparse output and deletes the temporary files which were created during translation. Using the \series bold -d \series default flag will create much more output (both to stdout and stderr) and leave the temporary files around. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \series bold -f \series default Force. reLyX will not run if the \family typewriter .lyx \family default file it would generate already exists Use the \series bold -f \series default option (carefully) to clobber any existing files. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \series bold -h \series default Help. Print out usage information and quit \end_layout \begin_layout Description \series bold -o \series default Output directory. With this option, all temporary files and LyX output files (for the given input file, for any included files, or for any file fragments given with the \series bold -p \series default option) will be put into \shape italic outputdir \shape default . Otherwise, for each file \emph on dir/foo.tex \emph default , the temporary files and the LyX output file will be created in \emph on dir \emph default . This can be useful if a file includes files from other directories which you want to consolidate in one directory, or if you don't have write permission on the directory the LaTeX files are in. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \series bold -p \series default Partial file. The input files are LaTeX fragments, with no preamble matter or \family typewriter \backslash begin{document} \family default commands. This option requires the \series bold -c \series default option, since there are no \family typewriter \backslash documentclass \family default commands in the files reLyX is translating. When using this option, you can translate more than one file, as long as all files are the same class. The LyX file created by reLyX can be included in an existing LyX file using \family sans \bar under I \bar default nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator Fil \bar under e \bar default \SpecialChar \menuseparator Ly \bar under X \bar default \InsetSpace ~ Document \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Description \series bold -r \series default Regular environments (see the Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:relyx-syntax} \end_inset ). If you give more than one environment, separate them with commas (not spaces). You'll probably need to quote the environment list, especially if it has asterisk environments (foo*) in it. If you use this command often, considering creating a personal syntax file. \end_layout \begin_layout Description \series bold -s \series default Syntax files. Input (one or more quoted, comma-separated) syntax files to read in addition to the default. (see the section Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:relyx-syntax} \end_inset for details). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Description \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard reLyX will create a LyX file \emph on dir/foo.lyx \emph default from the LaTeX file \emph on dir/foo.tex \emph default (unless the \series bold -o \series default option is used). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Suffixes \family typewriter .tex \family default , \family typewriter .ltx \family default and \family typewriter .latex \family default are supported. If \emph on inputfile \emph default does not exist and does not have one of these suffixes, reLyX will try to translate \emph on inputfile.tex \emph default . (This is similar to the behavior of LaTeX.) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The purpose of reLyX is to translate \shape italic well-behaved \shape default LaTeX2e into LyX. If your LaTeX file doesn't compile---or if you do weird things, like redefining standard LaTeX commands---it may choke. LaTeX209 will often be translated correctly, but it's not guaranteed. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard reLyX has some bugs and lacks a few features. However, its main goals are: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Get through a well-behaved LaTeX2e file without crashing \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Translate a lot of that file. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Localize the parts that can't be translated and copy them in TeX mode \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It achieves these main goals pretty well on most files. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are many improvements that can and will be made to reLyX in the future. However, we wanted to get reLyX out there early on, to make it easier for new LyX users to read in their existing LaTeX files. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Usage \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here's a more lengthy description of what you should do to translate a LaTeX document into LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Run reLyX. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard reLyX will inform you of its progress and give any warnings to stderr, so if you don't want any output at all, try (in csh) \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter reLyX foo.tex >& /dev/null \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or (in bash) \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter reLyX foo.tex \family default \family typewriter 2>&1 >/dev/null \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . You should NOT redirect standard output to \family typewriter foo.lyx \family default . \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Run LyX on the resulting .lyx file. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard In theory, most of the file will have been translated, and anything that's untranslatable will be highlighted in red (TeX mode). In theory, LyX will be able to read in the file, and to create printed documents from it, because all that untranslated red stuff will be passed directly back to LaTeX, which LyX uses as a backend. Unfortunately, reality doesn't always reflect theory. If reLyX crashes, or LyX cannot read the generated LyX file, see Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:relyx-bugs} \end_inset or the \family typewriter BUGS \family default file. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Change things that are in ERT boxes (TeX code) by hand in LyX. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard As mentioned above, you should be able to print out the LyX file even without doing this. However, changing a command in TeX mode to the corresponding LyX object will allow you to take advantage of LyX's WYSIWYM editing. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard reLyX is not guaranteed to create a LyX file which generates exactly the same output as the LaTeX file, but it should come close. reLyX will generally err on the side of translating less to ensure that dvi or ps files are accurate, even though this leads to more \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset evil red text \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and less WYSIWYM. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize PROOFREAD THE DOCUMENT!! \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard I'm sure you were planning on doing this anyway, but it's particularly important after translating a LaTeX document. reLyX is, at least now, better at \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset macro-translating \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (translating the whole document) than \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset micro-translating \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (translating every little detail). For example, you may see extra spaces or deleted spaces. Space handling has improved, but it's not perfect. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Subsubsection What reLyX Can Handle \end_layout \begin_layout Standard reLyX understands many LaTeX commands. It will translate: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize regular text, including mini-commands like ~, '', \family typewriter \backslash @ \family default , \family typewriter \backslash TeX \family default , as well as accented characters like \family typewriter \backslash '{a} \family default , and the special cases ?` and !` \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize title commands like \family typewriter \backslash author \family default , \family typewriter \backslash date \family default , \family typewriter \backslash title \family default , \family typewriter \backslash thanks \family default and the abstract environment \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize heading commands like \family typewriter \backslash section \family default including starred commands ( \family typewriter \backslash section* \family default ) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Environments: \family typewriter quote \family default , \family typewriter quotation \family default , and \family typewriter verse \family default ; \family typewriter center \family default , \family typewriter flushright \family default , and \family typewriter flushleft \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter itemize \family default , \family typewriter enumerate \family default , and \family typewriter description \family default environments, and their \family typewriter \backslash item \family default commands. Also, well-behaved nested lists \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize cross-referencing commands: \family typewriter \backslash ref \family default , \family typewriter \backslash pageref \family default , \family typewriter \backslash label \family default , and \family typewriter \backslash cite \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash footnote \family default and \family typewriter \backslash margin \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize font-changing commands including \family typewriter \backslash em \family default , \family typewriter \backslash emph \family default , \family typewriter \backslash textit \family default , and corresponding commands to change family, size, series, and shape \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash input{foo} \family default (or \family typewriter \backslash input{foo.blah} \family default ) and \family typewriter \backslash include{foo} \family default . Plain TeX \family typewriter \backslash input \family default command \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash input foo.tex \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is also supported. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter tabular \family default environment, and commands that go inside it like \family typewriter \backslash hline \family default , \family typewriter \backslash cline \family default , and \family typewriter \backslash multicolumn \family default (but see below) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize float environments \family typewriter table \family default and \family typewriter table* \family default , as well as \family typewriter \backslash caption \family default commands within them \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter thebibliography \family default environment and \family typewriter \backslash bibitem \family default command, as well as BibTeX's \family typewriter \backslash bibliography \family default and \family typewriter \backslash bibliographystyle \family default commands \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize miscellaneous commands: \family typewriter \backslash hfill \family default , \family typewriter \backslash \backslash \family default , \family typewriter \backslash noindent \family default , \family typewriter \backslash ldots \family default ... \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize documentclass-specific environments (and some commands) which can be translated to LyX layouts \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize arguments to certain untranslatable commands (e.g. \family typewriter \backslash mbox \family default ) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Some of this support may not be 100% yet. See below for details \end_layout \begin_layout Standard reLyX copies math (almost) verbatim from your LaTeX file. Luckily, LyX reads in LaTeX math, so (almost) any math which is supported by LyX should work just fine. A few math commands which are not supported by LyX will be replaced with their equivalents, e.g., \family typewriter \backslash to \family default is converted to \family typewriter \backslash rightarrow \family default . See the section on \shape italic Syntax Files \shape default for more details. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard reLyX will also copy any preamble commands (i.e., anything before \family typewriter \backslash begin{document} \family default ) verbatim, so fancy stuff you've got in your preamble should be conserved in dvi and printed documents, although it will not of course show up in the LyX window. Check the preamble to make sure. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection What reLyX Can't Handle --- But it's OK \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize figures and \family typewriter tabular* \family default tables \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize minipages \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize spacing commands ( \family typewriter \backslash vspace \family default , \family typewriter \backslash pagebreak \family default , \family typewriter \backslash par \family default ) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash centering \family default , \family typewriter \backslash raggedleft \family default , \family typewriter \backslash raggedright \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family typewriter \backslash verb \family default and \family typewriter verbatim \family default environment. reLyX is careful to copy \shape italic exactly \shape default in this case, including comments and whitespace. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize some unknown (e.g., user-defined) environments and commands \end_layout \begin_layout Standard reLyX copies unknown commands, along with their arguments, verbatim into the LyX file. Also, if it sees a \family typewriter \backslash begin{foo} \family default where it doesn't recognize the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset foo \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset environment, it will copy verbatim until it sees \family typewriter \backslash end{foo} \family default (unless you use the \series bold -r \series default option). Hopefully, then, most of these unknown commands won't cause reLyX to break; they'll merely require you to do some editing once you've loaded the file up in LyX. That should be less painful than editing either the \family typewriter .tex \family default or the \family typewriter .lyx \family default file using a text editor. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection What reLyX Handles Badly --- a.\InsetSpace ~ k.\InsetSpace ~ a. BUGS \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:relyx-bugs} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Since reLyX is relatively new, it's got a number of problems. As it matures, these bugs will be squished. A number of bugs and missing features can be found listed on the LyX bug tracker, \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[LyX Bugzilla]{http://bugzilla.lyx.org/} \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If reLyX is choking on something, or LyX can't read it after reLyX translates it, the best thing to do is to put \family typewriter \backslash begin{reLyXskip} \family default before the offending text, and \family typewriter \backslash end{reLyXskip} \family default after it. I call this a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset skip \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset block. reLyX will copy this block exactly, in TeX mode. Then edit the resulting LyX file, and translate the unknown stuff by hand. The \family typewriter reLyXskip \family default environment is magical; the \family typewriter \backslash begin \family default and \family typewriter \backslash end \family default commands will not be put into the LyX file. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Exact \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset copying of unknown environments and commands isn't quite exact. Specifically, newlines and comments may be lost. This will yield ugly LyX, but in almost all cases the output will be the same. However, certain parts of the file will be copied perfectly, including whitespace and comments. This includes: the LaTeX preamble, \family typewriter verbatim \family default environments and \family typewriter \backslash verb \family default commands, and skip blocks. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize reLyX translates only a few options to the \family typewriter \backslash documentclass \family default command. (Specifically 1[012]pt, [letter|legal|executive|a4|a5|b5]paper, [one|two]side, landscape, and [one|two]column.) Other options are placed in the extra class options field in the \family sans \bar under D \bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under S \bar default ettings \family default dialog. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard More importantly, reLyX doesn't translate \family typewriter \backslash usepackage \family default commands, margin commands, \family typewriter \backslash newcommand \family default s, or, in fact, anything else from the preamble. It simply copies them into the LaTeX preamble. If you have margin commands in your preamble, then the LyX file will generate the right margins. However, these margins will override any margins you set in the LyX \family sans \bar under D \bar default ocument \bar under \SpecialChar \menuseparator S \bar default ettings \family default dialog. So you should remove the options from the preamble to be safe. The same goes for setting your language with babel, \family typewriter \backslash inputencoding \family default , \family typewriter \backslash pagestyle \family default , etc. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Itemize The foil class has a couple bugs. reLyX may do weird things with optional arguments to \family typewriter \backslash foilhead \family default commands. Also, it may handle \family typewriter \backslash begin{dinglist} \family default incorrectly (although the stuff in the environment should translate normally). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard reLyX is hopefully rather robust. As mentioned above, it may not translate your file perfectly, but it shouldn't crash. If it does crash---and the problem is not one of those mentioned above or in the \emph on BUGS \emph default file---see Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:relyx-bug-reports} \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection What LyX Can't Handle \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX itself is missing a couple features, such that even if reLyX translates things perfectly, LyX may still have trouble reading it. If you really need these features, you can export your final document as LaTeX, and put them back in. See \emph on BUGS \emph default for more details on these bugs. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize For a number of commands, LyX does not support the optional argument. Examples include \family typewriter \backslash sqrt \family default , \family typewriter \backslash chapter \family default (and other sectioning commands), and \family typewriter \backslash \backslash \family default . reLyX will automatically discard the optional arguments with a warning to stdout. LyX also ignores the width argument for the \family typewriter thebibliography \family default environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Centering (or right or left justifying) works on full paragraphs. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize LyX support for tables isn't perfect. For complicated tables, use a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset skip \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset block, so that they will be copied in TeX mode. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize The LyX math editor can't handle the AMS-LaTeX math environments align, split, etc. So those environments will be copied in TeX mode. You can change \family typewriter equation* \family default environments to the exactly equivalent displaymath, and then they will be translated correctly. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Examples \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter reLyX -df -o \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset my/dir \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset -r \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset myenv \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset foo.tex > foo.debug \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The above will create a file my/dir/foo.lyx from foo.tex, overwriting if necessary. When it finds a \family typewriter \backslash begin{myenv} ... \backslash end{myenv} \family default block, it will translate the stuff within the block, but copy the \family typewriter \backslash begin \family default and \family typewriter \backslash end \family default commands in TeX mode. Finally, I'm going to keep the temporary files around (they will also be in my/dir/) and output lots of debugging information into the file foo.debug. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Notes \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Bug Reports \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:relyx-bug-reports} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If reLyX is crashing or otherwise acting strangely---in ways other than those described in Section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sub:relyx-bugs} \end_inset or the bug tracker---then please run reLyX \series bold -d \series default . That will allow you to figure out where in the reLyXing process it crashed. That, in turn, will allow you to write a better bug report, which will allow the developers to fix it more quickly and easily. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Bug reports should be sent to the LyX developers' mailing list. Its address is currently \family typewriter lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org \family default . If you are running reLyX on a huge file, please do not send all of the output in your bug report. Just include the last ten or twenty lines of output, along with the piece of the LaTeX file it crashed on. Or, even better, attach a small but complete file which causes the same problem as your original file. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Implementation Details: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard reLyX makes several \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset passes \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset in order to translate a TeX file. On each pass, it creates one or two files. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Pass\InsetSpace ~ 0 \InsetSpace ~ \newline Before doing anything, read the syntax file (or files). \end_layout \begin_layout Description Pass\InsetSpace ~ 1a \InsetSpace ~ \newline Split preamble (anything before a \family typewriter \backslash begin{document} \family default command) off the rest of the file. It saves the two pieces in separate files. This is necessary because there may be very strange stuff in a preamble. It also ignores anything after the \family typewriter \backslash end{document} \family default , on the assumption that it isn't LaTeX. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Pass\InsetSpace ~ 1b \InsetSpace ~ \newline Translate the preamble. Currently, that just means translating the \family typewriter \backslash documentclass \family default command and copying the rest exactly into the LyX preamble. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard Once you know what class the document is, read the LyX layout file for that class. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Description Pass\InsetSpace ~ 2 \InsetSpace ~ \newline \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Clean \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset the TeX file, generating slightly stricter LaTeX. This includes: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize Change, e.g., \family typewriter x^2 \family default to the equivalent but clearer \family typewriter x^{2} \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Removing optional arguments that LyX can't handle (e.g., from \family typewriter \backslash sqrt \family default ) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Changing \family typewriter { \backslash em foo} \family default to \family typewriter \backslash emph{foo} \family default , etc. This is necessary because LyX always writes out the non-local forms anyway. This should very rarely make a difference. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Description Pass\InsetSpace ~ 3 \InsetSpace ~ \newline Translate LaTeX text, commands, and environments to LyX. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Pass\InsetSpace ~ 4 \InsetSpace ~ \newline Put the two pieces back together, and do some final tweaking, to generate the LyX file \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If there are any \family typewriter \backslash input \family default or \family typewriter \backslash include \family default commands, reLyX will loop back to the beginning and translate those. It assumes that the included files are the same class as the main file, and that they have no preamble matter. (If you have an \family typewriter \backslash input \family default command in the preamble of a file, the command will be copied exactly into the LaTeX preamble portion of the LyX file, so the included file won't be translated.) So when translating included files, it skips passes 0 and 1. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If reLyX doesn't find a file you wanted to include, it will give a warning, but will continue to translate any files it does find. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Layout Files \end_layout \begin_layout Standard reLyX reads a LyX layout file to know how to handle LaTeX environments and commands which get translated to LyX layouts. This file will include all \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset normal \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset non-math environments (i.e., including quote and itemize, but not tabular, minipage, and some other fancy environments), and commands like \family typewriter \backslash section \family default and \family typewriter \backslash title \family default . If you want to reLyX a class that doesn't have an existing layout file, then you'll have to create a layout file. But you have to do this anyway, in order to LyX the file, since LyX depends on layout files to know how to display and process its files. Check the LyX documentation for help with this task (which can be hard or easy, depending on the class you want to create a layout file for.) If your class is quite similar to a class that has a layout file, then consider using the \series bold -c \series default option. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Syntax Files \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sub:relyx-syntax} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard reLyX always reads at least one syntax file, called the default syntax file. reLyX will read your personal syntax file if it exists; otherwise it will read the system-wide file. reLyX will read additional syntax files if you specify them with the \series bold -s \series default option. (These extra files should have the same format as the default file, but will tend to be shorter, since they only have to specify extra commands not found in the default file.) A syntax file tells reLyX a few things. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard First, it describes the syntax of each command, that is, how many required arguments and how many optional arguments the command takes. Knowing this makes it easier for reLyX to copy (in TeX mode) commands that it doesn't know how to translate. The syntax file simply has a command, followed by braces or brackets describing its arguments in the correct order. For example, a syntax file entry \family typewriter \backslash bibitem[]{} \family default means that the \family typewriter \backslash bibitem \family default command takes an optional argument followed by a required one, while the entry \family typewriter \backslash bf \family default means that the \family typewriter \backslash bf \family default command takes no arguments at all. When reLyX encounters a token that it doesn't know how to translate into LyX, it will copy the token---along with the correct number of arguments---exac tly. If the token is not in the syntax file, then reLyX just copies as many arguments as it finds. This means that it may copy too much. But since the user can specify additional syntax files, that shouldn't happen often. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Some commands that cannot be translated to LyX, like \family typewriter \backslash mbox \family default , have as one of their arguments regular LaTeX text. If the string \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset translate \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is put into an argument of an (untranslatable) command in the syntax file, then reLyX will translate that argument instead of copying it verbatim. So, for example, the default syntax file has \family typewriter \backslash raisebox{}[][]{translate} \family default . This means that the \family typewriter \backslash raisebox \family default command and the first argument (and optional arguments if they exist) are copied in TeX mode, but the last argument (which may contain math, complicated LaTeX, other untranslatable commands, etc.) will be translated into LyX. You can't use \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset translate \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset on optional arguments. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard User-defined syntax files are allowed to define new commands and their syntax, or override the number of arguments for a command given in the default syntax file. (E.g., if you're using a style that gives an extra argument to some command...) However, this will only be useful for commands copied in TeX mode. Commands which are actually translated by reLyX (like \family typewriter \backslash item \family default ) have their argument syntax hard-coded. The hard-coded commands are identified in the default syntax file. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Second, the syntax file describes any \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset regular environments \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . Usually, an entire unknown environment will be copied in TeX mode. If you define a regular environment \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset foo \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , though, then only the \family typewriter \backslash begin{foo} \family default and \family typewriter \backslash end{foo} \family default commands will be copied in TeX mode; the text within the environment will be treated (i.e., translated) by reLyX as regular LaTeX, rather than being copied into TeX mode. Don't try to declare \family typewriter tabbing \family default and \family typewriter picture \family default as regular environments, as the text within those environments will confuse reLyX; use this capability for new environments you create that have plain text or math or simple commands in them. You also can't declare unknown math environments (like \family typewriter equation* \family default ) as regular environments, either, since the LyX math editor won't understand them. The names of regular environments appear, whitespace-separated, between \family typewriter \backslash begin{reLyXre} \family default and \family typewriter \backslash end{reLyXre} \family default statements in the syntax file. (If you have a regular environment which you won't use very often, you can use the \series bold -r \series default option rather than writing a syntax file.) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Third, the syntax file describes a math translation table. The LyX math editor doesn't support a few commands. For example, \family typewriter _ \family default is supported, but the equivalent \family typewriter \backslash sb \family default is not. Put any commands you'd like translate between \family typewriter \backslash begin{reLyXmt} \family default and \family typewriter \backslash end{reLyXmt} \family default statements. The statement \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash | { \backslash Vert} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset means that any \family typewriter \backslash | \family default in math mode will be converted to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash Vert \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \family typewriter \family default (in cases where a token made up of a backslash and a non-letter is translated to something with letters at the end, a space is added by reLyX. That way, \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash |a \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is correctly translated to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash Vert a \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ). \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Miscellaneous \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You need Perl version 5.002 or later to run reLyX. If you don't have Perl, you should get it anyway (at \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[Perl]{http://www.perl.com/} \end_inset ), because it's a really useful tool for pretty much anything. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Diagnostics \end_layout \begin_layout Standard reLyX should always explain why it crashes, if it crashes. Some diagnostics may be very technical, though, if they come from the guts of the code. reLyX gives much more information while running if you use the \series bold -d \series default option, but you shouldn't need that unless something goes wrong. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When it's finished, reLyX will tell you if it finished successfully or died due to some error. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Warnings \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Always keep a copy of your original LaTeX files either under a different name or in a different directory. There are a couple ways in which using LyX could lead to overwriting the original LaTeX file. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you import \family typewriter foo.tex \family default to create \family typewriter foo.lyx \family default , then edit \family typewriter foo.lyx \family default and want to re-export it, note that it will overwrite the original \family typewriter foo.tex \family default . (LyX will \emph on not \emph default ask you if you want to overwrite it.) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you have chosen not to use a temporary directory in the preferences, then LyX will create its temporary files in your current directory, which means your LaTeX original may be overwritten (without a warning from LyX) when you \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset view dvi \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset or print the LyX document. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Files \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family typewriter \series medium MY_LYXDIR/layouts/*.layout \family default \series default \InsetSpace ~ \newline User's personal layout files for document classes \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family typewriter \series medium MY_LYXDIR/reLyX/syntax.default \family default \series default \InsetSpace ~ \newline User's personal syntax file \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family typewriter \series medium LIBDIR/layouts/*.layout \family default \series default \InsetSpace ~ \newline System-wide layout files for document classes \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family typewriter \series medium LIBDIR/reLyX/syntax.default \family default \series default \InsetSpace ~ \newline System-wide LaTeX syntax file \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter LIBDIR \family default is the system-wide LyX directory, usually something like \family typewriter /usr/local/share/lyx/ \family default . \family typewriter MY_LYXDIR \family default is your personal LyX directory, something like \family typewriter .lyx/ \family default in your home directory. You can see their actual values in the \family sans \bar under H \bar default elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator About\InsetSpace ~ Ly \bar under X \family default \bar default dialog. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection See also \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \shape italic lyx \shape default (1), \shape italic latex \shape default (1) \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Authors \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Copyright (c) 1998--9 \noun on Amir Karger \noun default ( \family typewriter karger@voth.chem.utah.edu \family default ) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Code contributors: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \noun on John Weiss \noun default wrote the original CleanTeX pass. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \noun on Etienne Grossmann \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \noun on Jos\i \'{e} Ab\i \'{\i} lio Oliveira Matos \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \noun on David Suarez de Lis \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Other contributors: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \noun on Jean-Marc Lasgouttes \noun default worked on the wrapper script and offered lots of bug reports, advice, and feature suggestions. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \noun on Asger K. Alstrup Nielsen \noun default and \noun on Marc Pavese \noun default provided advice. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Various members of the LyX developers' and users' lists provided bug reports and feature suggestions. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard reLyX uses a modified version the Perl TeX parser \family typewriter Text::TeX \family default package written by \noun on Ilya Zakharevich \noun default ( \family typewriter ilya@math.ohio-state.edu \family default ), available on CPAN. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter LyX Features needing Extra Software \end_layout \begin_layout Section Using LyX with SGML-Tools (aka LinuxDoc) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Paul Evans \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Overview \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LinuxDoc is a document class available in LyX if you have the \family typewriter sgml-tools \family default package installed. You can use it to produce documents in the so-called Standardized General Mark-up Language (SGML) in the particular format used by the Linux Documentatio n Project. That is obviously helpful if you are contributing to that project. You can use the SGML format with the \family typewriter sgml-tools \family default package of scripts and programs (to produce other formats, including Latex, HTML, plain text, man pages and\SpecialChar \ldots{} ). You may therefore prefer to use this document class if you want to write something that can be easily translated into other formats. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You will find that LinuxDoc has fewer layout options than the other text classes in LyX. This is mainly so that the translations into other formats have a chance of making some sense. In this section we describe: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize how to setup and use a document in LinuxDoc \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize how to use the tags in LinuxDoc to layout your document \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize how to use the SGML packages to produce the various formats \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize how to sort out some problems. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Preparing and using a LinuxDoc document \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Getting started \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You start by selecting the LinuxDoc class using the \family sans \bar under D \bar default ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under S \bar default ettings \family default dialog. \family sans \family default Then you will find that there are fewer paragraph environments than for most other classes. You can see them on the pull down box on the left of the tool bar. How to use them is described in section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sgmlparas} \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You \emph on must \emph default enter a title for the document, followed by an author, marking each with the appropriate paragraph environment. If you don't do this, you will get errors when you try to print the file. You can then enter the date and an abstract. The document proper must start with a Section paragraph environment rather than any standard layout. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard After that you can prepare a document as usual using the available range of paragraph environments. See section\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sgmlparas} \end_inset for the full list and their uses. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Output from LinuxDoc \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can print and save these documents in the normal way. To use the other features of the SGML package you need to save your document as LinuxDoc; this is a version in which the document is translated into the basic sgml tags. Use \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under E \bar default xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator Linu \bar under x \bar default Doc. \family default You will get a file with the same name and a \family typewriter .sgml \family default extension rather than a \family typewriter .lyx \family default extension. See\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:sgmloperate} \end_inset on how you than make use of this file. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Using the paragraph environments in LinuxDoc \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection The Structure of a LinuxDoc Document \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There is a formal structure for LinuxDoc which limits how you can place tags. There are two parts to all documents: \end_layout \begin_layout Description Header: this is everything up to the first time you insert a Section layout marker. It can include title, author, date, abstract and ToC. You must include the first two. \end_layout \begin_layout Description Body: from the beginning of the first section onwards. All other tags are allowed. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection The LinuxDoc Paragraph Environments \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:sgmlparas} \end_inset Here is a list of all the tags you will find listed on the layout bar in the order they come there, with some comments where the purpose or use is not obvious: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Standard: \family roman works as described in [cross reference] \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Title \family default : This will appear at the top left of the document when printed, above a heavy horizontal rule, although you will not see this on the LyX screen. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Section, Subsection, Subsubsection, Paragraph and Subparagraph: \family default all do what you would expect and in the usual order. Whether they are numbered or not is controlled by the \family sans Section\InsetSpace ~ number\InsetSpace ~ depth \family default setting. You cannot get the equivalent number free versions in any other way; there is no \family sans Section* \family default or similar \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Enumerate: \family default As usual this produces a numbered and indented list as described in the \emph on User's Guide \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Itemize: \family roman Again much the same as in the other classes: see the \emph on User's Guide \emph default . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Description \family default : As explained in the \emph on User's Guide \emph default . Remember that if you want the bold element at the start of a description to be more than one word then you need to put protected spaces between the words. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Verbatim: \family default As usual. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Code: similar to the Lyx-Code \family roman environment \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Author \family default : Anything you mark with this will appear on the left of the heading of the document, under the heavy rule. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Date: \family default Anything you mark with this will appear on the right of the heading under the rule. You do not have to make this a date. Any text can be entered, e.\InsetSpace ~ g. a version number. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Abstract \family default : You can use this to produce a free standing paragraph after the author and date, and before the first section. You are only allowed one such paragraph. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \emph on Author's note. \emph default This needs checking --- \emph on pe. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans Displaymath \family default : \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \emph on Author's note: \emph default I have not yet checked this --- \emph on pe. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Other document features \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can also use the \family sans Layout \family default menu to set fonts or to emphasis words. You can also use the table of contents as usual; see the corresponding section of the \emph on User's Guide \emph default . Although you will find some some other features on the menus e.\InsetSpace ~ g. inserting footnotes. There is some doubt about whether these will work correctly. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \emph on Author's note: \emph default Again still checking to see whether this is my system \emph on ---pe. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Cross references and HTML \end_layout \begin_layout Standard On the \family sans Insert \family default menu you will find two new options relating to the inclusion of URL addresses. If you use either option you will find some highlighted TeX code inserted into your document in three separate blocks with spaces available between. The blocks will be: \end_layout \begin_layout Quote \family typewriter \backslash htmlurl{ \family default or \family typewriter \backslash url{ \family roman \hfill space \family default \family typewriter \hfill }{ \family roman \hfill space \hfill \family typewriter } \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You insert a full HTML tag between the first and second blocks. This can be \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://any.address} \end_inset or other valid tags such as \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{mailto:me@my.address} \end_inset \family typewriter . \family default Then y \family roman ou \family default insert some description between the second and third blocks. The differences are: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans URL: \family roman both the HTML tag and the description will appear in the document \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize \family sans HTML\InsetSpace ~ URL: \family roman only the description appears in the printed version \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Using the LinuxDoc Sgml scripts \begin_inset Note Note status collapsed \begin_layout Standard This section is completely outdated. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:sgmloperate} \end_inset You can use LinuxDoc as a text class without any additional scripts or programs, but there is not much point in doing this. All you will get is a document that looks like a \emph on Linux Documentation Project Howto \family sans \emph default . \family default To do the document translation you need to get and install the \family typewriter sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz \family default (with \begin_inset Formula $x\geq3$ \end_inset ) package from \family roman the SGML-Tools WWW Page \family default at \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \family roman \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://pobox.com/~cg/sgmltools} \end_inset \family default \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Alternatively, you can go to the \family typewriter sunsite \family default archive at \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard Note that, at the time of this writing (01/1998), version 1.0.3 of sgml-tools has not yet been made available at \family typewriter sunsite \family default . \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \family roman \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{ftp://sunsite.unc.edu/pub/Linux/utils/text/sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family roman The \family default file \family typewriter sgml-tools-1.0.x.tar.gz \family default contains everything that you need to write SGML documents and convert them to groff, LaTeX, HTML, GNU info, LyX, and RTF\SpecialChar \@. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This package was renamed from \family typewriter linuxdoc-sgml-1.5.tar.gz \family default in January 1997. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Follow the instructions in that package on how to install it and how to use it. All this has to be done outside of LyX, before you can use the \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under E \bar default xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator as\InsetSpace ~ LinuxDoc \family roman option. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Troubleshooting LinuxDoc \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When you print or preview a LinuxDoc document some checking is done of the tags before LaTeX is run. Some errors are trapped here, especially those concerning the structure of the document. LyX may produce an error message, but not leave an error box in the document for you to open. You may have to look at the files directly to discover what is wrong. Most problems seem to come from the use of options that are not fully available in the text class. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Checking TeX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Asger Alstrup \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Under the \family sans \bar under T \bar default ools \family default menu, you'll find a \family sans \bar under C \bar default heck\InsetSpace ~ TeX \family default command. This feature requires you to have the \family typewriter chktex \family default program installed, and is grayed out if you don't have it. You can get it from your nearest CTAN mirror, or over the Web from \begin_inset LatexCommand \url{http://www.ifi.uio.no/~jensthi/chktex/} \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family sans ChkTeX \family default package is a program that was written by \noun on Jens T. Berger Thielemann \noun default in frustration because some constructs in LaTeX are sometimes non-intuitive, and easy to forget. The program runs over your LaTeX file and checks the integrity of the file, and flags some common errors. In other technical words, it is \family typewriter Lint \family default for LaTeX. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Well, what is a syntax checker doing in LyX which is supposed to produce correct LaTeX anyways? The answer is simple: Just as \family typewriter Lint \family default not only checks the \emph on syntax \emph default of C programs, but also does \emph on semantic \emph default checks for type-errors, \family sans ChkTeX \family default catches some common \emph on typographic \emph default errors, in addition to the syntactical ones. Specifically, \family sans ChkTeX \family default is capable of detecting several common errors, such as \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Ellipsis detection: \newline Use \SpecialChar \ldots{} instead of ... \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize No space in front of/after parenthesis: \newline ( wrong spacing ) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Enforcement of normal space after common abbreviations: \newline e. g. is too wide spacing. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Enforcement of end-of-sentence space when the last sentence ends with a capital letter: \newline This is a TEST. And this is wrong spacing. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Space in front of labels and similar commands: \newline The label should stick right up to the text to avoid falling to a wrong page. \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{sec:chktex} \end_inset \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard This footnote is in danger of falling off to a wrong page \end_layout \end_inset The label is separated too much. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Space in front of references, instead of hard spaces: \newline In you are in bad luck, the text will break right between the referenced text and reference number, and that's a pity. See section \begin_inset LatexCommand \ref{sec:chktex} \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Use of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset x \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset instead of \begin_inset Formula $\times$ \end_inset between numbers: \newline 2x2 looks cheap compared to \begin_inset Formula $2\times2$ \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard and more \SpecialChar \ldots{} It is an invaluable tool when you are \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset finishing up \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset your document before printing, and you should run it right after the obligatory spelling check, and before you go fine tuning the typesetting. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection How to use it \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you have the program installed, usage is as simple as choosing \family sans \bar under T \bar default ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under C \bar default heck\InsetSpace ~ TeX \family default . This will make LyX generate a LaTeX file of your document, start \family sans ChkTeX \family default to check it, and then make LyX insert \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset error boxes \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset with the warnings from \family sans ChkTeX \family default , if there were any. The warnings will be placed close to the point of the mistake, and you can quickly find them by using the \family sans \bar under N \bar default avigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under E \bar default rror \family default menu item, or the shortcut key \family sans C-g \family default from the default \family typewriter cua \family default bind file. Open the error boxes by clicking on them with the mouse, or use the shortcut key \family sans C-i \family default from \family typewriter cua \family default bindings, or the corresponding \family sans C-o \family default for the alternate \family typewriter emacs \family default bind file. Read the warning and correct the mistake, if it is a mistake. If you have trouble understanding what the warning is about, you can safely ignore it. Remember that there is a hidden layer between the document on screen and the technical details in invoking \family sans ChkTeX \family default , and this gap can make some warnings seem arcane or just right down plain silly. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This document is an excellent testing bed for the feature, and it should provide quite a few warnings for you to fiddle with. Since computers are only so smart, expect most of the warnings to be false alarms, though. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection How to fine tune it \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Sometimes, you'll find that \family sans ChkTeX \family default makes more noise than suits your mood. Then you can choose not to use it, wait until your mood changes, or try to customize \family sans ChkTeX \family default to get better along with you. Another choice in the most desperate situations is to use \family sans \bar under V \bar default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under R \bar default emove\InsetSpace ~ All\InsetSpace ~ Error\InsetSpace ~ Boxes \family default , which will get rid of all warnings instantly. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Although \family sans ChkTeX \family default \emph on is \emph default very configurable and extensible, you shouldn't expect to solve all problems with \family sans ChkTeX \family default in LyX this way. Since LyX has to generate a somewhat special LaTeX file to be able to match the line numbers from the \family sans ChkTeX \family default output \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard You can inspect the specific output from \family sans chktex \family default by using \family sans Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator View\InsetSpace ~ LaTeX\InsetSpace ~ Log \family default right after a \family sans chktex \family default run. \end_layout \end_inset to the internal document structure, some of the warnings will not seen to appear correctly. There are two things you can do about this: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Fine tune the \family sans ChkTeX \family default invocation command line in \family sans Preferences \family default (tabs \family sans Outputs \family default , \family sans Misc \family default ), or the global \family sans ChkTeX \family default installation configuration file (usually with the file \family typewriter /usr/local/share/chktexrc \family default ). See below to learn what warnings can be enabled and disabled on the command line. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Export your document as a raw LaTeX file using \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under E \bar default xport\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under L \bar default aTeX \family default and run \family typewriter chktex \family default manually on that. Invoked in this way, it can be a hassle to find the corresponding place in the document inside LyX, but with a little patience, you should be able to do it. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here follows the warning messages that can be enabled and disabled in \family sans Preferences \family default . Use \family typewriter -n# \family default to disable a warning, and \family typewriter -w# \family default to enable a warning. The emphasized entries are disabled by default, because the default is " \family typewriter chktex -n1 -n3 -n6 -n9 -n22 -n25 -n30 -n38 \family default ". \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Notice that you should only use the options that enable and disable warnings, because LyX relies on some of the other command line parameters to be set in a specific way to have a chance to communicate with \family typewriter chktex \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small \emph on Command terminated with space. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Non-breaking space ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter ~ \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) should have been used. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small \emph on You should enclose the previous parenthesis with \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter {} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Italic correction ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash / \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) found in non-italic buffer. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Italic correction ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash / \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) found more than once. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small \emph on No italic correction ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash / \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) found. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Accent command \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter cmd \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset needs use of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter cmd \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Wrong length of dash may have been used. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small \emph on \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter %s \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset expected, found \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter %s \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Solo \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter %s \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset found. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small You should use \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter %s \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to achieve an ellipsis. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Inter-word spacing ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash \family default \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset ) should perhaps be used. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Inter-sentence spacing ( \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash @ \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) should perhaps be used. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Could not find argument for command. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small No match found for \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter %s \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Math mode still on at end of LaTeX file. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Number of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter char \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset doesn't match the number of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter char \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small You should use either \family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family default or \family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \family default as an alternative to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter " \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small You should use " \family typewriter ' \family default " (ASCII 39) instead of " \family typewriter ´ \family default " (ASCII 180). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small User-specified pattern found. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small This command might not be intended. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small \emph on Comment displayed. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Either \family typewriter '' \backslash ,' \family default or \family typewriter ' \backslash ,'' \family default will look better. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Delete this space to maintain correct page references. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small \emph on You might wish to put this between a pair of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter {} \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small You ought to remove spaces in front of punctuation. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Could not execute LaTeX command. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Don't use \family typewriter \backslash / \family default in front of small punctuation. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \family typewriter \size small $ \backslash times$ \family default may look prettier here. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small \emph on Multiple spaces detected in output. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small This text may be ignored. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Use \family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family default to begin quotation, not \family typewriter ' \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Use \family typewriter ' \family default to end quotation, not \family typewriter \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family default . \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Don't mix quotes. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small You should perhaps use \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter cmd \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset instead. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small You should put a space in front of/after parenthesis. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small You should avoid spaces in front of/after parenthesis. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small \emph on You should not use punctuation in front of/after quotes. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small Double space found. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small You should put punctuation outside inner/inside display math mode. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small You ought to not use primitive TeX in LaTeX code. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small You should remove spaces in front of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter %s \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate \size small \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter %s \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is normally not followed by \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter %c \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard In later versions of LyX, we hope to provide a more complete interface to this tool (and it's smaller cousin \family typewriter lacheck \family default ) to exploit the full power of it. But it's not exactly useless as it is now: go try it on one of your existing documents of a certain length and be surprised. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Version Control in LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Lars Gullik Bjønnes \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard A friend of mine wanted to try LyX for a group project. When he didn't find support for version control or file locking, he dropped it. This angered me a bit, so I thought that I should at least make support for RCS (with the possibility of CVS and/or SCCS as a future improvement.) This has now been done. LyX now supports some of the most basic RCS commands. If you need to something a bit more sophisticated you will have to do that manually in an xterm. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Before you begin to use the version control features in LyX, you should read \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset rcsintro \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (a man file, read it with \family typewriter man rcsintro \family default ). This file describes all the basic features of RCS. You should especially notice the comment about a RCS directory, and the notion of a master RCS file (the file ending in \family typewriter ,v \family default ). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The implementation in LyX assumes a recent version of the GNU RCS package---no guarantees are made for older versions. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection RCS commands in LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The following sections describe the RCS commands supported by LyX. You can find them in the \family sans \bar under F \bar default ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under V \bar default ersion\InsetSpace ~ Control \family default submenu. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Register \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If your document is not under revision control, this is the only item shown in the menu. And if it is under revision control, the \family sans \bar under R \bar default egister \family default item is grayed out. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This command registers your document with RCS\SpecialChar \@. You are asked interactively to supply an initial description of the document. The document is now set in Read-Only mode and you have to \family sans Check\InsetSpace ~ Out\InsetSpace ~ For\InsetSpace ~ Edit \family default , before making any changes to it. A document under revision control has a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset [RCS: ] \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset item tagged to the filename in the minibuffer. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard RCS command that is run: \family typewriter ci -q -u -i -t-"" \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Read \family typewriter man ci \family default to understand the switches. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Check In Changes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When you are finished editing a file, you check in your changes. When you do this, you are asked for a description of the changes. This is stored in the history log. The version number is bumped, your changes are applied to the master RCS file, the document is unlocked and set to Read-Only mode. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard RCS command: \family typewriter ci -q -u -m"" \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Check Out For Edit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard By doing this you lock the document so that only you can edit it. This will also make the document Read-Write only for you. You will usually continue editing for a while and when you are finished you check in your changes. The status line is changed to reflect that you have locked the file. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard RCS command: \family typewriter co -q -l \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Revert To Last Version \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This will discard all changes made to the document since the last check in. You get a warning before changes are discarded. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard RCS command: \family typewriter co -f -u \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Undo Last Checkin \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This makes as if the last check in never happened. No changes are made to the document loaded into LyX, but the last version is removed from the master RCS file. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard RCS command: \family typewriter rcs -o \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection \family sans Show History \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This show the complete history of the RCS document. The output of \family typewriter rlog \family default is shown in a browser. See \family typewriter man rlog \family default for more info. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Literate Programming \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Updated by \noun on Kayvan Sylvan \noun default (kayvan@sylvan.com) \noun on , \noun default original documentation written by \noun on Edmar Wienskoski Jr. \noun default (edmar-w-jr@technologist.com) \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Introduction \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The main purpose of this documentation is to show you how to use LyX for literate programming. Where it is assumed that you are familiar with this programming technique, and know what \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset tangling \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset weaving \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset means. If that is not the case, please follow the web links provided in the following sections. There is a lot of good documentation out there covering old development history to the latest tools tips. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It is also assumed that you are familiar with LyX itself to a point that you are comfortable changing your LyX preferences, and X resources file. If that is not the case please refer to other LyX documentation to cover your specific needs. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Literate Programming \end_layout \begin_layout Standard From the Literate Programming FAQ: \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation Literate programming is the combination of documentation and source together in a fashion suited for reading by human beings. In fact, literate programs should be enjoyable reading, even inviting! (Sorry Bob, I couldn't resist!) In general, literate programs combine source and documentation in a single file. Literate programming tools then parse the file to produce either readable documentation or compilable source. The WEB style of literate programming was created by D.E. Knuth during the development of his TeX typesetting software. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Another excerpt says: \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation \emph on How is literate programming different from verbose commenting? \end_layout \begin_layout Quotation There are three distinguishing characteristics. In order of importance, they are: \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Itemize flexible order of elaboration \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize automatic support for browsing \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize typeset documentation, especially diagrams and mathematics \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Standard Now that I sparked your curiosity, take a look in the references. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection References \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The complete Literate Programming FAQ can be found at: \end_layout \begin_layout Quote \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[Literate Programming FAQ]{http://shelob.ce.ttu.edu/daves/lpfaq/faq.html} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The FAQ lists 23 (twenty three!) different literate programming tools. Where some are specialized or \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset tailored \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset for particular programming languages, while other have general scope. I selected \noun on Noweb \noun default for my own use for several reasons: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize It can generate the documentation either in latex or html. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize It has a open architecture, i.e., it is easy to plug in new filters and to perform special processing that you may need. \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize There is a good selection of filters available already (the html is one of them). \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize It is free. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The Noweb web page can be found at: \end_layout \begin_layout Quote \begin_inset LatexCommand \url[Noweb home page]{http://www.cs.virginia.edu/~nr/noweb/} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Starting from there you can reach many other interesting links and even some literate program examples. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection LyX and Literate Programming \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The LyX support for Literate Programming is provided by using the generic LyX convertors mechanism. This support is provided in a \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Noweb independent \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset way, i.e., you will be able to use this new LyX feature with some other literate programming tool of your choice by just changing your LyX preferences. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Generating documents and code (weaving and tangling) \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Selecting the document class \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you have installed Noweb and LyX successfully, whenever you open a new document or try to change the document class of an existing one, you will find that there are three new document classes available: \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Article (Noweb) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Book (Noweb) \end_layout \begin_layout Itemize Report (Noweb) \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You must select one of them to create your literate documents from. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note that literate documents are not limited to these three classes. New classes can be generated from other styles like letter or in combination with other class variations like Article (AMS). If you have special needs that cannot be covered by one of the existing classes, let the LyX developers list (lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org) know and we will arrange to insert a new entry, or teach you how to do it. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard It is very simple, it involves the creation of a file with four lines, and re-running of the auto configuration. \end_layout \end_inset Moreover, if you use a literate tool other than Noweb you may need to create a new set of document classes for it. \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Typing code in \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX enables you to write code with a layout named \noun on Scrap \noun default . \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard The equivalent Noweb term is \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Chunk \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . For historical reasons, I got used to the term \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset scrap \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset introduced by other literate tool named Nuweb, which I used for many years before rendering myself to Noweb. \end_layout \end_inset Noweb delimits scraps like this: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code <>= \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code code \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code more code \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code even more code \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code @ \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The problem is that whatever is written in between the << and the \family typewriter @ \family default must be taken literally, i.e., LyX should be prevented from making any special interpretation of what has been written. This is handled by a special layout named Scrap, that works like a normal paragraph but has a free spacing capability. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The down side of the Scrap paragraph layout is that consecutive paragraphs of code will be spaced with one empty line in the source code and also in the printed documentation. The work around is to enter each line of code within a single Scrap, with a newline (ctrl-return). The example above will look like this: \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard If you have a printed version of this document you will not see any difference between the previous example and this one. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code <>= \newline code \newline more code \newline even more code \newline @ \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This layout works fine. The only real inconvenience is that you have to type ctrl-return instead of a plain return. \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard It is in my list of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset improvements \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to fix that. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As a special note, you can also use the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset %def \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset construct of Noweb in your scraps to add items to Noweb's identifier cross-refe rence: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code <>= \newline def some_function(args): \newline "This is the doc string for this function." \newline print "My args: ", args \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code @ %def some_function \end_layout \begin_layout Standard For an example of this usage and the resulting cross-reference output, look at the Literate python program in \emph on LIBDIR/examples/listerrors.lyx \emph default which should make this all clear. \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Generating the documentation \end_layout \begin_layout Standard At this point you already have a new document file with a proper document class, and with some code and text on it. How do I print it? The answer is simple, you select \family sans \bar under V \bar default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under D \bar default VI, \family default etc. Just like you would do for a plain document. No special procedure is required. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard To help orientate you, I will now explain what happens inside LyX: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate When the \family sans \bar under U \bar default pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under D \bar default VI \family default menu option is chosen, a latex file is generated. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard If the document is of any literate class the generated file will be named with an extension name defined by the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset literate \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset format (defined in the Preferences panel), otherwise the file will have the usual \family typewriter .tex \family default extension. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Note that the only difference so far is in the name of the file, no special processing is required by LyX. Given that you formatted the code using the Scrap layout that, by itself, takes care of the business. \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate If the document is of any literate class LyX will then use the internal LyX to Noweb converter, followed by the Noweb to LaTeX converter \begin_inset Foot status open \begin_layout Standard The converters are defined in the \family sans \bar under T \bar default ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under P \bar default references \family default panel, under the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Conversion \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset tab. \end_layout \end_inset to generate the LaTeX file. \end_layout \begin_deeper \begin_layout Standard Otherwise it will just skip this step. \end_layout \end_deeper \begin_layout Enumerate Finally, LaTeX is invoked and the regular post processing continues as in a plain document. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Independence from a particular \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset literate tool \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset is easily achieved by changing the commands that are run by the various converters. \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Generating the code \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When the build menu option is chosen or the corresponding button in the toolbar is pressed, a latex file is generated just like step 1 above. Next, LyX invokes the \family typewriter Noweb->Program \family default converter. Typically, this converter (like any other converter), has two parts: \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate The converter program itself. This program performs the conversion from the one format to the other (in this case, from the Noweb format to the Program pseudo-format). \end_layout \begin_layout Enumerate The error log parser. This is a program whose sole purpose is to rewrite error messages in a format that LyX understands. This makes it possible for LyX to place error boxes in the right places in the file buffer. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The first part, the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Converter \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset setting, should be set to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter build-script $$i \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . This basically means that LyX will call \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset build-script \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset (a program or script) with the name of the Noweb file (generally a file in the LyX temp directory). \end_layout \begin_layout Standard This is an implementation of \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset build-script \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset that you can place in a directory on your path: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code #!/bin/sh \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code # \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code notangle -Rbuild-script $1 | env NOWEB_SOURCE=$1 sh \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The next part of the converter setting is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Flags \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset which is to be set to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter originaldir,parselog=listerrors \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . This will run any errors that are generated by the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset build-script \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset process through the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset listerrors \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset program. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The converter code looks in \emph on MYLYXDIR/scripts \emph default first, then in \emph on LIBDIR/scripts \emph default then on the path for the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset listerrors \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset program. \end_layout \begin_layout Paragraph Build instructions in the document \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The last piece of the integration between LyX and noweb is the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset build-script \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset scrap. Generally, the instructions for building your program should be embedded in a scrap of its own. The noweb-specific \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset build-script \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset above uses the notangle command to look for this scrap (called \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset build-script \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ) and runs its contents through \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset sh \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Typically, such a scrap would look something like this: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code <>= \newline #!/bin/sh \newline \newline if [ -z "${NOWEB_SOURCE}" ] \newline then \newline NOWEB_SOURCE=myfile.nw \newline fi \newline [... code to extract files ...] \newline [... code to compile files ...] \newline @ \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Look in \emph on LIBDIR/examples/listerrors.lyx \emph default or in \emph on LIBDIR/examples/Literate.lyx \emph default which implement two versions of the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset listerrors \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset program for some illustrations of how all of these pieces go together or in \emph on LIBDIR/examples/noweb2lyx.lyx. \emph default Interestingly, these three files show off the language-indepence of the LyX literate programming support since they are written in Python, C and Perl respectively. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Configuring LyX \end_layout \begin_layout Standard All the Literate Programming support is configured by the \family sans \bar under T \bar default ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under P \bar default references \family default panel in the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Conversion \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset tab. The important parts are: \end_layout \begin_layout Description the\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset literate \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \InsetSpace ~ format Set up via the Formats tab, this is where the Noweb-specific pieces are set up. The \family sans GUI Name \family default is set to \family typewriter NoWeb \family default , the file extension is set to \family typewriter .nw \family default . This tells LyX to create a file with a \family typewriter .nw \family default extension in the first step of the conversion process. \end_layout \begin_layout Description the\InsetSpace ~ \family sans Program \family default \InsetSpace ~ format This is an empty format whose sole purpose is to be the endpoint of a conversion (which then allows us to set up a converter for it). \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans NoWeb \family default -> \family sans LaTeX \family default This converter performs the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset weaving \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset of the literate document. For Noweb, it is set to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter noweave -delay -index $$i > $$o \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Description \family sans NoWeb \family default -> \family sans Program \family default This performs the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset tangling step \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . As stated above, the Converter is set to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter build-script $$i \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , with Flags set to \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter originaldir,parselog=listerrors \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Debug extensions \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There is also a new function implemented in the LyX server, the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset server-goto-file-row" function, to be used with ddd/gdb or other debugger. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard When debugging code with ddd/gdb, it is possible to invoke a text editor at the current execution position with a single key stroke. The default ddd configuration for that is shift-ctrl-V. It happens that you can define the editor command line invocation in ddd by accessing the \family sans \bar under E \bar default dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under P \bar default references\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under H \bar default elpers \family default dialog and changing the "Edit Sources" entry. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard I take advantage of the new created LyX server function and this ddd feature, and set \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Edit Sources \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset to: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code echo "LYXCMD:monitor:server-goto-file-row:@FILE@ @LINE@" >~/.lyxpipe.in \end_layout \begin_layout Standard With this, whenever you are using ddd and find a point in the program that you want to edit, you just press shift-ctrl-V (in the ddd window), and ddd you forward this information to LyX through the LyX server and then the LyX window will show the same file with the cursor at the same position ddd was pointing to. No more guessing or long scrolling to locate a point in the program back from debugging ! \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Note however that you must enable the LyX server to get this feature working (it is disabled by default). You can enable it in \family sans Preferences \family default (tabs \family sans Inputs \family default , \family sans Paths \family default ) by entering in the \family sans LyXserver pipe \family default a path like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter /home//.lyx/lyxpipe \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Read the LyX server documentation in the \emph on Customization Manual \emph default for further information. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Toolbar extensions \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are six new buttons that can be added to your LyX toolbar. Five of these buttons are short cuts to layout styles: \family sans Standard \family default , \family sans Section \family default , \family sans LaTeX \family default , \family sans LyX-Code \family default , and \family sans Scrap \family default . The last one is a short cut to the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset Build Program \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset File menu entry. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX has a range of buttons that are available for tool bar customization. In my toolbar I like to combine the six short cuts above with two more: One for \family sans \bar under V \bar default iew \family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator \family sans \bar under U \bar default pdate \family default \SpecialChar \menuseparator \family sans \bar under D \bar default VI \family default and the other for \family sans \bar under V \bar default iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator \bar under D \bar default VI \family default File menu entries. Here is how it looks like: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Toolbar \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Layouts \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "layout Standard" \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "layout Section" \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "layout LaTeX" \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "layout LyX-Code" \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "layout Scrap" \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Separator \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "buffer-view" \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "buffer-typeset" \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Icon "build-program" \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code Separator \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code . \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code . \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code . \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code End \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Colors customization \end_layout \begin_layout Standard There are a number of colors in LyX that can be customized in \family sans Preferences \family default . One of the things that bothers people is the LaTeX font color. The default color is red, since the scraps uses LaTeX font, and there is a lot of scraps in literate documents, you may get tired of seeing everything in red. You can change it by going to the tabs \family sans Look&Feel \family default , \family sans Colors. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The next thing is the visible presence of the newline character in the screen. You can choose the color of this particular character and make it blend in the background. I recommend you choosing a color that is close to the background but not equal, that way you still can see it is there, but it is not bothering you anymore. \end_layout \begin_layout Chapter Secrets of the LaTeX Masters \begin_inset LatexCommand \label{cha:secrets} \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Though LyX is a powerful tool, it cannot hope to support everything that can be done with pure TeX/LaTeX. However, many familiar dirty TeX and LaTeX tricks can be done within LyX, as long as you are not afraid to use that \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset TeX \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset button on the toolbar or add things to the LaTeX preamble. This section lists some tips, tricks, and otherwise cool ideas to give your document that extra little flair. \emph on Do try this at home \emph default , just start with something a little smaller and less important than your dissertation! \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Most ideas in this section require less common files in your LaTeX installation. If you have a system like teTeX, most will already be available. A few, however, will need to be downloaded from one of the CTAN archives. Often, there are several ways to do something, or several LaTeX style files which do the same thing. We do not endorse one choice over another, we simply claim that we have done a particular task with a particular file. Put on your wizard hat, keep an eye out for dragons, and let us begin. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Tricks for Footnotes and Margin Notes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard suggested by \noun on Robin Socha \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Footnotes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard LyX cannot yet take care of setting the footnote numbering back to 1 after each section in the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family sans article \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset \family roman document class or changing the counter style. You'll need to insert LaTeX commands like the following to achieve that: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash setcounter{footnote}{0} \end_layout \end_inset Using \family typewriter \backslash setcounter{footnote}{0} \family roman will set the counter back to 1 \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard The counter has been set back to 1. \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The following command will change the numbering to small letters. Take a look at the next footnote in your xdvi or ghostview \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash thefootnote}{ \backslash alph{footnote}} \end_layout \end_inset : \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard This is an example for a footnote with alphabetic numbering. \newline Use \family typewriter \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash thefootnote { \backslash alph{footnote}} \family roman to get this. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The next command sets the counter style back to default, i.e. \family typewriter \backslash arabic \family default \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard Use \family typewriter \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash thefootnote}{ \backslash arabic{footnote}} \family roman to set the counter--style back to LyX's default, i.e. \backslash arabic. \family default \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \backslash renewcommand { \backslash thefootnote} { \backslash arabic{footnote}} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \end_inset . \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can use \family typewriter \backslash arabic \family default , \family typewriter \backslash roman \family default , \family typewriter \backslash Roman \family default , \family typewriter \backslash alph \family default or \family typewriter \backslash Alph \family default and others as counter styles. Just replace the LaTeX command in the above example and rerun TeX to see what those styles can do. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Margin Notes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Here are two examples of neat things you can do to margin notes using LaTeX commands. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The following command will make a vertical line appear alongside your text---gre at for \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset thumbing \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset : \family typewriter \backslash marginpar{ \backslash rule[-10mm]{30mm}{5mm}} \family roman . \family default \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash marginpar{ \backslash rule[-10mm]{30mm}{5mm}} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Check your dvi- or ghostview-output to see what the \family typewriter \backslash reversemarginpar \family default command does to the following margin note. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash reversemarginpar \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Marginal status collapsed \begin_layout Standard This is a \newline margin note. \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section Multiple Columns \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Lars Gullik Bjønnes \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Purpose \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The aim for this chapter \begin_inset Foot status collapsed \begin_layout Standard Editor's note: Lars' original chapter was a masterful description of how to use the \family typewriter multicol \family default package. However, it was too long to flow smoothly in this document. I have therefore chosen to excerpt the most important sections here (sorry, Lars); you can read the original chapter (and more of the story!) in the example file \family typewriter examples/multicol.lyx \family default . --- mer \end_layout \end_inset is to show how the LaTeX package \family typewriter multicol \family default can be used in a LyX document. As LyX doesn't support the \family typewriter multicol \family default package natively yet, we have to use some small hacks. By reading this section it should be obvious how to do this. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Limitations \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The \family typewriter multicol \family default package allows switching between one and multicolumn format on the same page. Footnotes are handled correctly (for the most part), but will be placed at the bottom of the page and not under each column. LaTeX's float mechanism, however, is partly disabled in the current implementat ion. At the moment only page-wide floats can be used within the scope of the environment. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsection Examples \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Two columns \end_layout \begin_layout Standard If you want to have two columns in your text, you have use LaTeX mode to insert \family typewriter \backslash begin{multicols}{2} \family default at the point where you want the two column layout to start, and then \family typewriter \backslash end{multicols} \family default where you want it to end. Like this: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash begin{multicols}{2} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \series bold \size small The Adventure of the Empty House \series default \newline by \noun on Sir Arthur Conan Doyle \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \size small It was in the spring of the year 1894 that all London was interested, and the fashionable world dismayed, by the murder of the Honourable Ronald Adair under most unusual and inexplicable circumstances. The public has already learned those particulars of the crime which came out in the police investigation, but a good deal was suppressed upon that occasion, since the case for the prosecution was so overwhelmingly strong that it was not necessary to bring forward all the facts. Only now, at the end of nearly ten years, am I allowed to supply those missing links which make up the whole of that remarkable chain. The crime was of interest in itself, but that interest was as nothing to me compared to the inconceivable sequel, which afforded me the greatest shock and surprise of any event in my adventurous life. Even now, after this long interval, I find myself thrilling as I think of it, and feeling once more that sudden flood of joy, amazement, and increduli ty which utterly submerged my mind. Let me say to that public, which has shown some interest in those glimpses which I have occasionally given them of the thoughts and actions of a very remarkable man, that they are not to blame me if I have not shared my knowledge with them, for I should have considered it my first duty to do so, had I not been barred by a positive prohibition from his own lips, which was only withdrawn upon the third of last month. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash end{multicols} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Multiple columns \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The same pattern is used when you want more than two columns: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash begin{multicols}{3} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \size footnotesize It can be imagined that my close intimacy with Sherlock Holmes had interested me deeply in crime, and that after his disappearance I never failed to read with care the various problems which came before the public. And I even attempted, more than once, for my own private satisfaction, to employ his methods in their solution, though with indifferent success. There was none, however, which appealed to me like this tragedy of Ronald Adair. As I read the evidence at the inquest, which led up to a verdict of willful murder against some person or persons unknown, I realized more clearly than I had ever done the loss which the community had sustained by the death of Sherlock Holmes. There were points about this strange business which would, I was sure, have specially appealed to him, and the efforts of the police would have been supplemented, or more probably anticipated, by the trained observation and the alert mind of the first criminal agent in Europe. All day, as I drove upon my round, I turned over the case in my mind and found no explanation which appeared to me to be adequate. At the risk of telling a twice-told tale, I will recapitulate the facts as they were known to the public at the conclusion of the inquest. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash end{multicols} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can have have more than 3 columns if you want to, but that might not be very pleasant for the eye. \end_layout \begin_layout Subsubsection Columns inside columns \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can even have columns inside columns: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash begin{multicols}{2} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \size footnotesize The Honourable Ronald Adair was the second son of the Earl of Maynooth, at that time governor of one of the Australian colonies. Adair's mother had returned from Australia to undergo the operation for cataract, and she, her son Ronald, and her daughter Hilda were living together at 427 Park Lane. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash begin{multicols}{2} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \size footnotesize The youth moved in the best society--had, so far as was known, no enemies and no particular vices. He had been engaged to Miss Edith Woodley, of Carstairs, but the engagement had been broken off by mutual consent some months before, and there was no sign that it had left any very profound feeling behind it. For the rest {sic} the man's life moved in a narrow and conventional circle, for his habits were quiet and his nature unemotional. Yet it was upon this easy-going young aristocrat that death came, in most strange and unexpected form, between the hours of ten and eleven-twenty on the night of March 30, 1894. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash end{multicols} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \size footnotesize Ronald Adair was fond of cards--playing continually, but never for such stakes as would hurt him. He was a member of the Baldwin, the Cavendish, and the Bagatelle card clubs. It was shown that, after dinner on the day of his death, he had played a rubber of whist at the latter club. He had also played there in the afternoon. \size default \size footnotesize The evidence of those who had played with him-- Mr. Murray, Sir John Hardy, and Colonel Moran--showed that the game was whist, and that there was a fairly equal fall of the cards. Adair might have lost five pounds, but not more. His fortune was a considerable one, and such a loss could not in any way affect him. He had played nearly every day at one club or other, but he was a cautious player, and usually rose a winner. It came out in evidence that, in partnership with Colonel Moran, he had actually won as much as four hundred and twenty pounds in a sitting, some weeks before, from Godfrey Milner and Lord Balmoral. So much for his recent history as it came out at the inquest. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash end{multicols} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Please do read the file \family typewriter examples/multicol.lyx \family default for more advanced examples including column and header spacing, vertical separator lines, and more. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Numbering in the \family sans Enumerate \family default Paragraph Environment \begin_inset OptArg status collapsed \begin_layout Standard Numbering in Enumerate \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on John Weiss \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent The default numbering for the \family sans Enumerate \family default paragraph environment begins with Arabic numbers and ends with uppercase letters. Suppose, however, you wanted a different type of numbering scheme. Here's a quickie example of how to change the numbering scheme: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash labelenumi}{ \backslash Roman{enumi}.} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash labelenumii}{ \backslash Alph{enumii}.} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash labelenumiii}{ \backslash arabic{enumiii}.} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash labelenumiv}{ \backslash alph{enumiv}.)} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \SpecialChar \ldots{} which changes the numbering scheme to uppercase Roman numerals, uppercase letters, Arabic numbers, and lowercase letter. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard Additionally, the previous example also adds a little bit extra to the numbering scheme. For example, the first level label actually looks like: \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset I. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset . For ease of reading, we'll describe what the numbering schemes look like using a notation something like this: < \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset I. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ,\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset A. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ,\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset 1. \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ,\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset a.) \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset >. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As you can see in the example, there is a label command for each nesting level, \family typewriter \backslash labelenumi \family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} \family typewriter \backslash labelenumiv \family default , as well as a counter, \family typewriter enumi \family default \SpecialChar \ldots{} \family typewriter enumiv \family default . There are also five \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset number printing \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset commands, \family typewriter \backslash arabic{} \family default , \family typewriter \backslash roman{} \family default , \family typewriter \backslash Roman{} \family default , \family typewriter \backslash alph{} \family default , and \family typewriter \backslash Alph{} \family default , each of which take one counter as an argument. You can add characters before or after these, but there's no need to add spaces. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard You can get really fancy with these. For example: \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash labelenumi}{ \backslash # \backslash Alph{enumi} \backslash #} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash labelenumii}{ \backslash Alph{enumi}. \backslash arabic{enumii}} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash labelenumiii}{ \backslash alph{enumiii}+} \end_layout \begin_layout LyX-Code \backslash renewcommand{ \backslash labelenumiv}{( \backslash roman{enumiv})} \end_layout \begin_layout Standard produces the somewhat out of hand numbering scheme: < \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset #A# \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ,\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset A.1 \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ,\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset a+ \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ,\InsetSpace ~ \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset (i) \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset >. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Extra Space Between Table Rows \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Mike Ressler \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent LaTeX allows you to put a bit of extra space between rows in a table by giving an optional argument to the end-of-row specifier ( \family typewriter \backslash \backslash \family default ). LyX has not yet implemented this in a formal way, so here are two dirty little tricks to do the same job. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The first is the more formal, but longwinded way to do it. In the LaTeX preamble, add the following command definition: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \family typewriter \backslash newcommand{ \backslash extratablespace}[1]{ \backslash noalign{vskip#1}} \family default This command takes a single argument---the amount of space you would like to insert. Insert the command in the first column of the row \emph on after \emph default where you would like the space to appear. Here is an example (I've removed all the borders using \family sans \bar under L \bar default ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator Tabl \bar under e \family default \bar default ): \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Minerals \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Calcite \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Dolomite \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Quartz \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Graphite \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \backslash extratablespace{2ex} \end_layout \end_inset Rocks \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Limestone \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Sandstone \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Granite \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Andesite \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The second method is faster, but will make typographers and TeXperts all over the world groan. Simply put an end of row specifier with optional argument at the same spot. No fancy definitions are needed as in the above example, but there will be more space inserted than you specified because you essentially added a blank row plus the extra space. If the space added is too much, simply use a negative number, like so: \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \align center \begin_inset Tabular \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Minerals \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Calcite \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Dolomite \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Quartz \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Graphite \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \backslash \backslash [-1ex] \end_layout \end_inset Rocks \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Limestone \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Sandstone \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Granite \end_layout \end_inset \begin_inset Text \begin_layout Standard \family roman \series medium \shape up \size normal \emph off \bar no \noun off \color none Andesite \end_layout \end_inset \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard It's short, sweet, and gets the job done quickly, even if it is really ugly. You may put away the rotten vegetables now! I promise I won't suggest anything else like that! \end_layout \begin_layout Section Dropped Capitals \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Mike Ressler \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \backslash newfont{ \backslash tmpfont}{cmr17 scaled 2500}{ \backslash tmpfont T} \backslash vspace*{-8.4ex} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash hangindent=3.3em \backslash hangafter=-3 \end_layout \end_inset hose of you who like the style of old books probably also like \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset dropped capitals \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset ---those large capital letters which begin each new chapter or section. Implementing them with plain LyX/LaTeX is straightforward (assuming you know some plain TeX!) but does require a lot of work and many iterations, as you can see by all the ugly TeX-mode stuff at the beginning of this paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash verb+ \backslash bigdrop{-1em}{3}{ptmri}{T}+ \end_layout \end_inset here is a much easier way of doing this, of course. The \family typewriter dropcaps \family default (or the newer \family typewriter dropping \family default ) package from CTAN allows a simple way to add such letters to your documents. Since this package is not a standard part of teTeX, I can't demonstrate it within this document, but if you copy this paragraph to a new document, delete the \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter \backslash verb \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset and the pluses from the TeX code at the beginning of the paragraph, and add \family typewriter \backslash usepackage{dropcaps} \family default to your LaTeX preamble, you will get a nice Times Roman Italic \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset T \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , whose height is three lines of text and which protrudes 1 em into the margin. (Make certain you have copied \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter dropcaps.sty \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset into a directory where TeX can see it.) The first argument is the amount of indentation; in this case the negative sign moves it into the margin. The second argument is the height of the letter in number of lines of text. The third argument is the font name: virtually anything which has a tfm file should work (wade through the \family typewriter .../texmf/fonts/tfm \family default directory for possibilities). My personal favorite is \begin_inset Quotes eld \end_inset \family typewriter yinit \family default \begin_inset Quotes erd \end_inset , a fancy German font specifically designed for dropped capitals. The fourth argument is the letter (or letters) to be dropped. The \family typewriter dropping \family default package also offers the \family typewriter \backslash bigdrop \family default command, as well as a slightly simplified \family typewriter \backslash dropping \family default command. \end_layout \begin_layout Section Non-standard Paragraph Shapes \end_layout \begin_layout Standard by \noun on Mike Ressler \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash begin{sloppypar} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \backslash newdimen \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \backslash setlength{ \backslash varunit}{4.5in} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \noindent \begin_inset ERT status collapsed \begin_layout Standard \backslash parshape 19 0.45 \backslash varunit 0.332 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard 0.40 \backslash varunit 0.300 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard 0.35 \backslash varunit 0.293 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard 0.30 \backslash varunit 0.300 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard 0.25 \backslash varunit 0.317 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard 0.20 \backslash varunit 0.342 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard 0.15 \backslash varunit 0.373 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard 0.10 \backslash varunit 0.410 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard 0.05 \backslash varunit 0.453 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard 0.00 \backslash varunit 0.500 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard 0.05 \backslash varunit 0.453 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard 0.10 \backslash varunit 0.410 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard 0.15 \backslash varunit 0.373 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard 0.20 \backslash varunit 0.342 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard 0.25 \backslash varunit 0.317 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard 0.30 \backslash varunit 0.300 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard 0.35 \backslash varunit 0.293 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard 0.40 \backslash varunit 0.300 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard 0.45 \backslash varunit 0.332 \backslash varunit \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \end_layout \end_inset There are times when the tyranny of rectangular paragraphs must be overthrown. In such situations, a call to the delightful plain TeX command \family typewriter \backslash parshape \family default is called for. As you can see, completely arbitrary shapes can be laid out with a suitable set of linelength definitions. While this parshape may look a bit silly and useless, one could conceive of situations such as finely tuned dropped capitals, word wrapping around non-rectangular graphics, etc. which will benefit from such handcrafting. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset VSpace bigskip \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Standard The syntax is \family typewriter \backslash parshape numlines #1indent #1length #2indent #2length \SpecialChar \ldots{} #nindent #nlength \family default , where \family typewriter numlines \family default is the number of lines of text which define the paragraph. If there turn out to be fewer lines, the shape is truncated; if there are more, the excess lines have the same dimensions as the last line of the definition. The \family typewriter #nindent \family default and \family typewriter #nlength \family default entries specify the indentation of the line from the left margin, and the length of the line as measured from that point. The shape applies only to the current paragraph; everything is reset to normal for the next paragraph. \end_layout \begin_layout Standard \begin_inset ERT status inlined \begin_layout Standard \backslash end{sloppypar} \end_layout \end_inset \end_layout \begin_layout Section Summary \end_layout \begin_layout Standard As you can see, the examples in this section range from the useful to the whimsical. While I don't expect that anyone will ever need the paragraph shape demonstrate d in the last section, the important point is that you can do almost anything you want in LyX if you are willing to figure out how to do it in TeX and LaTeX. TeX is a fantastically powerful typesetting system and all that power is available to you since LyX uses it as its backend. Happy LyXing! \end_layout \end_body \end_document